<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC '-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN' 'http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd'>
<html xmlns='http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml'>
<head>
<title>doc/man/mc.1.in</title>
<meta name='robots' content='noindex,nofollow' />
<meta name='generator' content='GLOBAL-6.5.7' />
<meta http-equiv='Content-Style-Type' content='text/css' />
<link rel='stylesheet' type='text/css' href='../style.css' />
</head>
<body>
<!-- beginning of fixed guide -->
<div id='guide'><ul>
<li><a href='#TOP'><img class='icon' src='../icons/first.png' alt='[^]' /></a></li>
<li><a href='#BOTTOM'><img class='icon' src='../icons/last.png' alt='[v]' /></a></li>
<li><a href='#TOP'><img class='icon' src='../icons/top.png' alt='[top]' /></a></li>
<li><a href='#BOTTOM'><img class='icon' src='../icons/bottom.png' alt='[bottom]' /></a></li>
<li><a href='../mains.html'><img class='icon' src='../icons/index.png' alt='[index]' /></a></li>
<li><a href='../help.html'><img class='icon' src='../icons/help.png' alt='[help]' /></a></li>
<li class='standout'><span><a href='../files/doc.html'>doc</a>/<a href='../files/doc--man.html'>man</a>/mc.1.in</span></li>
</ul></div>
<!-- end of fixed guide -->
<a id='TOP' name='TOP'></a><h2 class='header'><a href='../mains.html'>root</a>/<a href='../files/doc.html'>doc</a>/<a href='../files/doc--man.html'>man</a>/mc.1.in</h2>
<em class='comment'>/* <img class='icon' src='../icons/n_left.png' alt='[previous]' /><img class='icon' src='../icons/n_right.png' alt='[next]' /><img class='icon' src='../icons/n_first.png' alt='[first]' /><img class='icon' src='../icons/n_last.png' alt='[last]' /><img class='icon' src='../icons/n_top.png' alt='[top]' /><a href='#BOTTOM'><img class='icon' src='../icons/bottom.png' alt='[bottom]' /></a><a href='../mains.html'><img class='icon' src='../icons/index.png' alt='[index]' /></a><a href='../help.html'><img class='icon' src='../icons/help.png' alt='[help]' /></a>&nbsp;<input type='text' readonly onfocus='this.select();' value='+1 doc/man/mc.1.in'  /> */</em>
<hr />
<pre>
<a id='L1' name='L1'></a>.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: UTF-8 -*-
<a id='L2' name='L2'></a>.\"TOPICS "Topics:"
<a id='L3' name='L3'></a>.TH MC 1 "%DATE_OF_MAN_PAGE%" "MC Version %DISTR_VERSION%" "GNU Midnight Commander"
<a id='L4' name='L4'></a>.\"SKIP_SECTION"
<a id='L5' name='L5'></a>.SH "NAME"
<a id='L6' name='L6'></a>mc \- Visual shell for Unix\-like systems.
<a id='L7' name='L7'></a>.\"SKIP_SECTION"
<a id='L8' name='L8'></a>.SH "SYNOPSIS"
<a id='L9' name='L9'></a>.B mc
<a id='L10' name='L10'></a>[\-abcCdfhPstuUVx] [\-l log] [dir1 [dir2]] [\-e [file] ...] [\-v file]
<a id='L11' name='L11'></a>.\"NODE "DESCRIPTION"
<a id='L12' name='L12'></a>.SH "DESCRIPTION"
<a id='L13' name='L13'></a>GNU Midnight Commander is a directory browser/file manager for
<a id='L14' name='L14'></a>Unix\-like operating systems.
<a id='L15' name='L15'></a>.\"NODE "OPTIONS"
<a id='L16' name='L16'></a>.\"DONT_SPLIT"
<a id='L17' name='L17'></a>.SH "OPTIONS"
<a id='L18' name='L18'></a>.TP
<a id='L19' name='L19'></a>.I \-a, \-\-stickchars
<a id='L20' name='L20'></a>Disable usage of graphic characters for line drawing.
<a id='L21' name='L21'></a>.TP
<a id='L22' name='L22'></a>.I \-b, \-\-nocolor
<a id='L23' name='L23'></a>Force black and white display.
<a id='L24' name='L24'></a>.TP
<a id='L25' name='L25'></a>.I \-c, \-\-color
<a id='L26' name='L26'></a>Force color mode, please check the section
<a id='L27' name='L27'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L28' name='L28'></a>Colors
<a id='L29' name='L29'></a>.\"Colors"
<a id='L30' name='L30'></a>for more information.
<a id='L31' name='L31'></a>.TP
<a id='L32' name='L32'></a>.I \-C arg, \-\-colors=arg
<a id='L33' name='L33'></a>Specify a different color set in the command line.  The format of arg is
<a id='L34' name='L34'></a>documented in the
<a id='L35' name='L35'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L36' name='L36'></a>Colors
<a id='L37' name='L37'></a>.\"Colors"
<a id='L38' name='L38'></a>section.
<a id='L39' name='L39'></a>.TP
<a id='L40' name='L40'></a>.I \-\-configure\-options
<a id='L41' name='L41'></a>Display configure options.
<a id='L42' name='L42'></a>.TP
<a id='L43' name='L43'></a>.I \-d, \-\-nomouse
<a id='L44' name='L44'></a>Disable mouse support.
<a id='L45' name='L45'></a>.TP
<a id='L46' name='L46'></a>.I \-D N, \-\-debuglevel=N
<a id='L47' name='L47'></a>Save the debug level for SMB VFS. N is in 0\-10 range.
<a id='L48' name='L48'></a>.TP
<a id='L49' name='L49'></a>.I \-e [file], \-\-edit[=file]
<a id='L50' name='L50'></a>Start the internal editor.  If the file is specified, open it on
<a id='L51' name='L51'></a>startup.  See also
<a id='L52' name='L52'></a>.BR "mcedit (1)" .
<a id='L53' name='L53'></a>.TP
<a id='L54' name='L54'></a>.I \-f, \-\-datadir
<a id='L55' name='L55'></a>Display the compiled\-in search paths for Midnight Commander files.
<a id='L56' name='L56'></a>.TP
<a id='L57' name='L57'></a>.I \-F, \-\-datadir\-info
<a id='L58' name='L58'></a>Display extended info about compiled\-in paths for
<a id='L59' name='L59'></a>Midnight Commander.
<a id='L60' name='L60'></a>.TP
<a id='L61' name='L61'></a>.I \-g, \-\-oldmouse
<a id='L62' name='L62'></a>Force a "normal tracking" mouse mode. Used when running on
<a id='L63' name='L63'></a>xterm\-capable terminals (tmux/screen).
<a id='L64' name='L64'></a>.TP
<a id='L65' name='L65'></a>.I \-k, \-\-resetsoft
<a id='L66' name='L66'></a>Reset softkeys to their default from the termcap/terminfo
<a id='L67' name='L67'></a>database. Only useful on HP terminals when the function keys don't work.
<a id='L68' name='L68'></a>.TP
<a id='L69' name='L69'></a>.I \-K file, \-\-keymap=file
<a id='L70' name='L70'></a>Specify a name of keymap file in the command line.
<a id='L71' name='L71'></a>.TP
<a id='L72' name='L72'></a>.I \-l file, \-\-ftplog=file
<a id='L73' name='L73'></a>Save the ftpfs dialog with the server in file.
<a id='L74' name='L74'></a>.TP
<a id='L75' name='L75'></a>.I \-\-nokeymap
<a id='L76' name='L76'></a>Don't load key bindings from any file, use default hardcoded keys.
<a id='L77' name='L77'></a>.TP
<a id='L78' name='L78'></a>.I \-P file, \-\-printwd=file
<a id='L79' name='L79'></a>Print the last working directory to the specified file.  This option is
<a id='L80' name='L80'></a>not meant to be used directly.  Instead, it's used from a special shell
<a id='L81' name='L81'></a>script that automatically changes the current directory of the shell to
<a id='L82' name='L82'></a>the last directory Midnight Commander was in. Source the file
<a id='L83' name='L83'></a>.B %libexecdir%/mc/mc.sh
<a id='L84' name='L84'></a>(bash and zsh users) or
<a id='L85' name='L85'></a>.B %libexecdir%/mc.csh
<a id='L86' name='L86'></a>(tcsh users) respectively to define
<a id='L87' name='L87'></a>.B mc
<a id='L88' name='L88'></a>as an alias to the appropriate shell script.
<a id='L89' name='L89'></a>.TP
<a id='L90' name='L90'></a>.I \-s, \-\-slow
<a id='L91' name='L91'></a>Turn on the slow terminal mode, in this mode the program will not draw
<a id='L92' name='L92'></a>expensive line drawing characters and will toggle verbose mode off.
<a id='L93' name='L93'></a>.TP
<a id='L94' name='L94'></a>.I \-S arg, \-\-skin=arg
<a id='L95' name='L95'></a>Specify a name of skin in the command line. Technology of skins is
<a id='L96' name='L96'></a>documented in the
<a id='L97' name='L97'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L98' name='L98'></a>Skins
<a id='L99' name='L99'></a>.\"Skins"
<a id='L100' name='L100'></a>section.
<a id='L101' name='L101'></a>.TP
<a id='L102' name='L102'></a>.I \-t, \-\-termcap
<a id='L103' name='L103'></a>Used only if the code was compiled with S\-Lang and terminfo: it makes
<a id='L104' name='L104'></a>Midnight Commander use the value of the
<a id='L105' name='L105'></a>.B TERMCAP
<a id='L106' name='L106'></a>variable for the terminal information instead of the information on
<a id='L107' name='L107'></a>the system wide terminal database
<a id='L108' name='L108'></a>.TP
<a id='L109' name='L109'></a>.I \-u, \-\-nosubshell
<a id='L110' name='L110'></a>Disable use of the concurrent shell (only makes sense if Midnight
<a id='L111' name='L111'></a>Commander has been built with concurrent shell support).
<a id='L112' name='L112'></a>.TP
<a id='L113' name='L113'></a>.I \-U, \-\-subshell
<a id='L114' name='L114'></a>Enable use of the concurrent shell support (only makes sense if the
<a id='L115' name='L115'></a>Midnight Commander was built with the subshell support set as an
<a id='L116' name='L116'></a>optional feature).
<a id='L117' name='L117'></a>.TP
<a id='L118' name='L118'></a>.I \-v file, \-\-view=file
<a id='L119' name='L119'></a>Start the internal viewer to view the specified file.  See also
<a id='L120' name='L120'></a>.BR "mcview (1)" .
<a id='L121' name='L121'></a>.TP
<a id='L122' name='L122'></a>.I \-V, \-\-version
<a id='L123' name='L123'></a>Display the version of the program.
<a id='L124' name='L124'></a>.TP
<a id='L125' name='L125'></a>.I \-x, \-\-xterm
<a id='L126' name='L126'></a>Force xterm mode.  Used when running on xterm\-capable terminals (two
<a id='L127' name='L127'></a>screen modes, and able to send mouse escape sequences).
<a id='L128' name='L128'></a>.TP
<a id='L129' name='L129'></a>.I \-X, \-\-no\-x11
<a id='L130' name='L130'></a>Do not use X11 to get the state of modifiers Alt, Ctrl, Shift
<a id='L131' name='L131'></a>.PP
<a id='L132' name='L132'></a>If both paths are specified, the first path name is the directory to show
<a id='L133' name='L133'></a>in the active panel; the second path name is the directory to be shown in
<a id='L134' name='L134'></a>the other panel.
<a id='L135' name='L135'></a>.PP
<a id='L136' name='L136'></a>If one path is specified, the path name is the directory to show
<a id='L137' name='L137'></a>in the active panel; value of "other_dir" from panels.ini is the directory
<a id='L138' name='L138'></a>to be shown in the passive panel.
<a id='L139' name='L139'></a>.PP
<a id='L140' name='L140'></a>If no paths are specified, current directory is shown in the active panel;
<a id='L141' name='L141'></a>value of "other_dir" from panels.ini is the directory to be shown in
<a id='L142' name='L142'></a>the passive panel.
<a id='L143' name='L143'></a>.\"NODE "Overview"
<a id='L144' name='L144'></a>.SH "Overview"
<a id='L145' name='L145'></a>The screen of Midnight Commander is divided into four parts.
<a id='L146' name='L146'></a>Almost all of the screen space is taken up by two directory panels.
<a id='L147' name='L147'></a>By default, the second line from the bottom of the screen is the
<a id='L148' name='L148'></a>shell command line, and the bottom line shows the function key labels.
<a id='L149' name='L149'></a>The topmost line is the
<a id='L150' name='L150'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L151' name='L151'></a>menu bar line\&amp;.
<a id='L152' name='L152'></a>.\"Menu Bar"
<a id='L153' name='L153'></a>The menu bar line may not be visible, but appears if you click the
<a id='L154' name='L154'></a>topmost line with the mouse or press the F9 key.
<a id='L155' name='L155'></a>.PP
<a id='L156' name='L156'></a>Midnight Commander provides a view of two directories at the same
<a id='L157' name='L157'></a>time. One of the panels is the current panel (a selection bar is in
<a id='L158' name='L158'></a>the current panel). Almost all operations take place on the current
<a id='L159' name='L159'></a>panel. Some file operations like Rename and Copy by default use the
<a id='L160' name='L160'></a>directory of the unselected panel as a destination (don't worry, they
<a id='L161' name='L161'></a>always ask you for confirmation first). For more information, see the
<a id='L162' name='L162'></a>sections on the
<a id='L163' name='L163'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L164' name='L164'></a>Directory Panels\&amp;,
<a id='L165' name='L165'></a>.\"Directory Panels"
<a id='L166' name='L166'></a>the
<a id='L167' name='L167'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L168' name='L168'></a>Left and Right Menus
<a id='L169' name='L169'></a>.\"Left and Right Menus"
<a id='L170' name='L170'></a>and the
<a id='L171' name='L171'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L172' name='L172'></a>File Menu\&amp;.
<a id='L173' name='L173'></a>.\"File Menu"
<a id='L174' name='L174'></a>.PP
<a id='L175' name='L175'></a>You can execute system commands from Midnight Commander by simply
<a id='L176' name='L176'></a>typing them. Everything you type will appear on the shell command line,
<a id='L177' name='L177'></a>and when you press Enter, Midnight Commander will execute the
<a id='L178' name='L178'></a>command line you typed; read the
<a id='L179' name='L179'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L180' name='L180'></a>Shell Command Line
<a id='L181' name='L181'></a>.\"Shell Command Line"
<a id='L182' name='L182'></a>and
<a id='L183' name='L183'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L184' name='L184'></a>Input Line Keys
<a id='L185' name='L185'></a>.\"Input Line Keys"
<a id='L186' name='L186'></a>sections to learn more about the command line.
<a id='L187' name='L187'></a>.\"NODE "Mouse Support"
<a id='L188' name='L188'></a>.SH "Mouse Support"
<a id='L189' name='L189'></a>Midnight Commander comes with mouse support. It is activated
<a id='L190' name='L190'></a>whenever you are running on an
<a id='L191' name='L191'></a>.B xterm(1)
<a id='L192' name='L192'></a>terminal (it even works if you take a telnet, ssh or rlogin connection to
<a id='L193' name='L193'></a>another machine from the xterm) or if you are running on a Linux
<a id='L194' name='L194'></a>console and have the
<a id='L195' name='L195'></a>.B gpm
<a id='L196' name='L196'></a>mouse server running.
<a id='L197' name='L197'></a>.PP
<a id='L198' name='L198'></a>When you left click on a file in the directory panels, that file is
<a id='L199' name='L199'></a>selected; if you click with the right button, the file is marked (or
<a id='L200' name='L200'></a>unmarked, depending on the previous state).
<a id='L201' name='L201'></a>.PP
<a id='L202' name='L202'></a>Double\-clicking on a file will try to execute the command if it is
<a id='L203' name='L203'></a>an executable program; and if the
<a id='L204' name='L204'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L205' name='L205'></a>extension file
<a id='L206' name='L206'></a>.\"Edit Extension File"
<a id='L207' name='L207'></a>has a program specified for the file's extension, the specified
<a id='L208' name='L208'></a>program is executed.
<a id='L209' name='L209'></a>.PP
<a id='L210' name='L210'></a>Also, it is possible to execute the commands assigned to the function
<a id='L211' name='L211'></a>key labels by clicking on them.
<a id='L212' name='L212'></a>.PP
<a id='L213' name='L213'></a>The default auto repeat rate for the mouse buttons is 400
<a id='L214' name='L214'></a>milliseconds. This may be changed to other values by editing the
<a id='L215' name='L215'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L216' name='L216'></a>\&amp;~/.config/mc/ini
<a id='L217' name='L217'></a>.\"Save Setup"
<a id='L218' name='L218'></a>file and changing the
<a id='L219' name='L219'></a>.I mouse_repeat_rate
<a id='L220' name='L220'></a>parameter.
<a id='L221' name='L221'></a>.PP
<a id='L222' name='L222'></a>If you are running Midnight Commander with the mouse support, you
<a id='L223' name='L223'></a>can get the default mouse behavior (cutting and pasting text) by holding
<a id='L224' name='L224'></a>down the Shift key.
<a id='L225' name='L225'></a>.SH ""
<a id='L226' name='L226'></a>.\"NODE "Keys"
<a id='L227' name='L227'></a>.SH "Keys"
<a id='L228' name='L228'></a>Some commands in Midnight Commander involve the use of the
<a id='L229' name='L229'></a>.I Control
<a id='L230' name='L230'></a>(sometimes labeled CTRL or CTL) and the
<a id='L231' name='L231'></a>.I Meta
<a id='L232' name='L232'></a>(sometimes labeled ALT or even Compose) keys. In this manual we will
<a id='L233' name='L233'></a>use the following abbreviations:
<a id='L234' name='L234'></a>.TP
<a id='L235' name='L235'></a>.B C\-&lt;chr&gt;
<a id='L236' name='L236'></a>means hold the Control key while typing the character &lt;chr&gt;.
<a id='L237' name='L237'></a>Thus C\-f would be: hold the Control key and type f.
<a id='L238' name='L238'></a>.TP
<a id='L239' name='L239'></a>.B Alt\-&lt;chr&gt;
<a id='L240' name='L240'></a>means hold the Meta or Alt key down while typing &lt;chr&gt;.
<a id='L241' name='L241'></a>If there is no Meta or Alt key, type
<a id='L242' name='L242'></a>.IR Esc ,
<a id='L243' name='L243'></a>release it, then type the character &lt;chr&gt;.
<a id='L244' name='L244'></a>.TP
<a id='L245' name='L245'></a>.B S\-&lt;chr&gt;
<a id='L246' name='L246'></a>means hold the Shift key down while typing &lt;chr&gt;.
<a id='L247' name='L247'></a>.PP
<a id='L248' name='L248'></a>All input lines in Midnight Commander use an approximation to
<a id='L249' name='L249'></a>the GNU Emacs editor's key bindings (default).
<a id='L250' name='L250'></a>.PP
<a id='L251' name='L251'></a>You may redefine key bindings. See
<a id='L252' name='L252'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L253' name='L253'></a>.I redefine hotkey bindings
<a id='L254' name='L254'></a>.\"Keys_redefine"
<a id='L255' name='L255'></a>.PP
<a id='L256' name='L256'></a>for more info. All other key bindings (described in this manual) are relative
<a id='L257' name='L257'></a>to default behavior.
<a id='L258' name='L258'></a> 
<a id='L259' name='L259'></a>.PP
<a id='L260' name='L260'></a>There are many sections which tell about the keys. The following are
<a id='L261' name='L261'></a>the most important.
<a id='L262' name='L262'></a>.PP
<a id='L263' name='L263'></a>The
<a id='L264' name='L264'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L265' name='L265'></a>File Menu
<a id='L266' name='L266'></a>.\"File Menu"
<a id='L267' name='L267'></a>section documents the keyboard shortcuts for the commands appearing in
<a id='L268' name='L268'></a>the File menu. This section includes the function keys. Most of these
<a id='L269' name='L269'></a>commands perform some action, usually on the selected file or the
<a id='L270' name='L270'></a>tagged files.
<a id='L271' name='L271'></a>.PP
<a id='L272' name='L272'></a>The
<a id='L273' name='L273'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L274' name='L274'></a>Directory Panels
<a id='L275' name='L275'></a>.\"Directory Panels"
<a id='L276' name='L276'></a>section documents the keys which select a file or tag files as a
<a id='L277' name='L277'></a>target for a later action (the action is usually one from the file
<a id='L278' name='L278'></a>menu).
<a id='L279' name='L279'></a>.PP
<a id='L280' name='L280'></a>The
<a id='L281' name='L281'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L282' name='L282'></a>Shell Command Line
<a id='L283' name='L283'></a>.\"Shell Command Line"
<a id='L284' name='L284'></a>section list the keys which are used for entering and editing command
<a id='L285' name='L285'></a>lines. Most of these copy file names and such from the directory
<a id='L286' name='L286'></a>panels to the command line (to avoid excessive typing) or access the
<a id='L287' name='L287'></a>command line history.
<a id='L288' name='L288'></a>.PP
<a id='L289' name='L289'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L290' name='L290'></a>Input Line Keys
<a id='L291' name='L291'></a>.\"Input Line Keys"
<a id='L292' name='L292'></a>are used for editing input lines. This means both the command line and
<a id='L293' name='L293'></a>the input lines in the query dialogs.
<a id='L294' name='L294'></a> 
<a id='L295' name='L295'></a>.\"NODE "  Keys_redefine"
<a id='L296' name='L296'></a>.SH "  Redefine hotkey bindings"
<a id='L297' name='L297'></a>Hotkey bindings may be read from external file (keymap\-file).
<a id='L298' name='L298'></a>Initially, Midnight Commander creates key bindings using keymap defined
<a id='L299' name='L299'></a>in the source code. Then, two files
<a id='L300' name='L300'></a>.B %prefix%/share/mc/mc.keymap
<a id='L301' name='L301'></a>and
<a id='L302' name='L302'></a>.B %sysconfdir%/mc/mc.keymap
<a id='L303' name='L303'></a>are loaded always, sequentially reassigned key bindings defined earlier.
<a id='L304' name='L304'></a>User\-defined keymap\-file is searched on the following algorithm (to the first one found):
<a id='L305' name='L305'></a>.IP
<a id='L306' name='L306'></a>.br
<a id='L307' name='L307'></a>1) command line option
<a id='L308' name='L308'></a>.B \-K &lt;keymap&gt;
<a id='L309' name='L309'></a>or
<a id='L310' name='L310'></a>.B \-\-keymap=&lt;keymap&gt;
<a id='L311' name='L311'></a>.br
<a id='L312' name='L312'></a>2) Environment variable
<a id='L313' name='L313'></a>.B MC_KEYMAP
<a id='L314' name='L314'></a>.br
<a id='L315' name='L315'></a>3) Parameter
<a id='L316' name='L316'></a>.B keymap
<a id='L317' name='L317'></a>in section
<a id='L318' name='L318'></a>.B [Midnight\-Commander]
<a id='L319' name='L319'></a>of config file.
<a id='L320' name='L320'></a>.br
<a id='L321' name='L321'></a>4) File
<a id='L322' name='L322'></a>.B ~/.config/mc/mc.keymap
<a id='L323' name='L323'></a>.br
<a id='L324' name='L324'></a>.PP
<a id='L325' name='L325'></a>Command line option, environment variable and parameter in config file may
<a id='L326' name='L326'></a>contain the absolute path to the keymap\-file (with the extension \.keymap
<a id='L327' name='L327'></a>or without it). Search of keymap\-file will occur in (to the first one found):
<a id='L328' name='L328'></a>.IP
<a id='L329' name='L329'></a>.br
<a id='L330' name='L330'></a>1)
<a id='L331' name='L331'></a>.B ~/.config/mc
<a id='L332' name='L332'></a>.br
<a id='L333' name='L333'></a>2)
<a id='L334' name='L334'></a>.B %sysconfdir%/mc/
<a id='L335' name='L335'></a>.br
<a id='L336' name='L336'></a>3)
<a id='L337' name='L337'></a>.B %prefix%/share/mc/
<a id='L338' name='L338'></a> 
<a id='L339' name='L339'></a>.\"NODE "  Miscellaneous Keys"
<a id='L340' name='L340'></a>.SH "  Miscellaneous Keys"
<a id='L341' name='L341'></a>Here are some keys which don't fall into any of the other categories:
<a id='L342' name='L342'></a>.TP
<a id='L343' name='L343'></a>.B Enter
<a id='L344' name='L344'></a>if there is some text in the command line (the one at the bottom of
<a id='L345' name='L345'></a>the panels), then that command is executed. If there is no text in the
<a id='L346' name='L346'></a>command line then if the selection bar is over a directory the
<a id='L347' name='L347'></a>Midnight Commander does a
<a id='L348' name='L348'></a>.B chdir(2)
<a id='L349' name='L349'></a>to the selected directory and reloads the information on the panel;
<a id='L350' name='L350'></a>if the selection is an executable file then it is executed. Finally,
<a id='L351' name='L351'></a>if the extension of the selected file name matches one of the
<a id='L352' name='L352'></a>extensions in the
<a id='L353' name='L353'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L354' name='L354'></a>extensions file
<a id='L355' name='L355'></a>.\"Edit Extension File"
<a id='L356' name='L356'></a>then the corresponding command is executed.
<a id='L357' name='L357'></a>.TP
<a id='L358' name='L358'></a>.B C\-l
<a id='L359' name='L359'></a>repaint all the information in Midnight Commander.
<a id='L360' name='L360'></a>.TP
<a id='L361' name='L361'></a>.B C\-x c
<a id='L362' name='L362'></a>run the
<a id='L363' name='L363'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L364' name='L364'></a>Chmod
<a id='L365' name='L365'></a>.\"Chmod"
<a id='L366' name='L366'></a>command on a file or on the tagged files.
<a id='L367' name='L367'></a>.TP
<a id='L368' name='L368'></a>.B C\-x o
<a id='L369' name='L369'></a>run the
<a id='L370' name='L370'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L371' name='L371'></a>Chown
<a id='L372' name='L372'></a>.\"Chown"
<a id='L373' name='L373'></a>command on the current file or on the tagged files.
<a id='L374' name='L374'></a>.TP
<a id='L375' name='L375'></a>.B C\-x l
<a id='L376' name='L376'></a>run the hard link command.
<a id='L377' name='L377'></a>.TP
<a id='L378' name='L378'></a>.B C\-x s
<a id='L379' name='L379'></a>run the absolute symbolic link command.
<a id='L380' name='L380'></a>.TP
<a id='L381' name='L381'></a>.B C\-x v
<a id='L382' name='L382'></a>run the relative symbolic link command. See the
<a id='L383' name='L383'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L384' name='L384'></a>File Menu
<a id='L385' name='L385'></a>.\"File Menu"
<a id='L386' name='L386'></a>section for more information about symbolic links.
<a id='L387' name='L387'></a>.TP
<a id='L388' name='L388'></a>.B C\-x i
<a id='L389' name='L389'></a>set the other panel display mode to information.
<a id='L390' name='L390'></a>.TP
<a id='L391' name='L391'></a>.B C\-x q
<a id='L392' name='L392'></a>set the other panel display mode to quick view.
<a id='L393' name='L393'></a>.TP
<a id='L394' name='L394'></a>.B C\-x !
<a id='L395' name='L395'></a>execute the
<a id='L396' name='L396'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L397' name='L397'></a>External panelize
<a id='L398' name='L398'></a>.\"External panelize"
<a id='L399' name='L399'></a>command.
<a id='L400' name='L400'></a>.TP
<a id='L401' name='L401'></a>.B C\-x h
<a id='L402' name='L402'></a>run the
<a id='L403' name='L403'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L404' name='L404'></a>add directory to hotlist
<a id='L405' name='L405'></a>.\"Hotlist"
<a id='L406' name='L406'></a>command.
<a id='L407' name='L407'></a>.TP
<a id='L408' name='L408'></a>.B Alt\-!
<a id='L409' name='L409'></a>executes the Filtered view command, described in the
<a id='L410' name='L410'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L411' name='L411'></a>view command\&amp;.
<a id='L412' name='L412'></a>.\"Internal File Viewer"
<a id='L413' name='L413'></a>.TP
<a id='L414' name='L414'></a>.B Alt\-?
<a id='L415' name='L415'></a>executes the
<a id='L416' name='L416'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L417' name='L417'></a>Find file
<a id='L418' name='L418'></a>.\"Find File"
<a id='L419' name='L419'></a>command.
<a id='L420' name='L420'></a>.TP
<a id='L421' name='L421'></a>.B Alt\-c
<a id='L422' name='L422'></a>pops up the
<a id='L423' name='L423'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L424' name='L424'></a>quick cd
<a id='L425' name='L425'></a>.\"Quick cd"
<a id='L426' name='L426'></a>dialog.
<a id='L427' name='L427'></a>.TP
<a id='L428' name='L428'></a>.B C\-o
<a id='L429' name='L429'></a>when the program is being run in the Linux or FreeBSD console or under
<a id='L430' name='L430'></a>an xterm, it will show you the output of the previous command.  When ran
<a id='L431' name='L431'></a>on the Linux console, Midnight Commander uses an external program
<a id='L432' name='L432'></a>(cons.saver) to handle saving and restoring of information on the
<a id='L433' name='L433'></a>screen.
<a id='L434' name='L434'></a>.PP
<a id='L435' name='L435'></a>When the subshell support is compiled in, you can type C\-o at any time
<a id='L436' name='L436'></a>and you will be taken back to Midnight Commander's main screen, to
<a id='L437' name='L437'></a>return to your application just type C\-o.  If you have an application
<a id='L438' name='L438'></a>suspended by using this trick, you won't be able to execute other
<a id='L439' name='L439'></a>programs from Midnight Commander until you terminate the suspended
<a id='L440' name='L440'></a>application.
<a id='L441' name='L441'></a>.\"NODE "  Directory Panels"
<a id='L442' name='L442'></a>.SH "  Directory Panels"
<a id='L443' name='L443'></a>This section lists the keys which operate on the directory panels. If
<a id='L444' name='L444'></a>you want to know how to change the appearance of the panels take a
<a id='L445' name='L445'></a>look at the section on
<a id='L446' name='L446'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L447' name='L447'></a>Left and Right Menus\&amp;.
<a id='L448' name='L448'></a>.\"Left and Right Menus"
<a id='L449' name='L449'></a>.TP
<a id='L450' name='L450'></a>.B Tab, C\-i
<a id='L451' name='L451'></a>change the current panel. The old other panel becomes the new current
<a id='L452' name='L452'></a>panel and the old current panel becomes the new other panel. The
<a id='L453' name='L453'></a>selection bar moves from the old current panel to the new current
<a id='L454' name='L454'></a>panel.
<a id='L455' name='L455'></a>.TP
<a id='L456' name='L456'></a>.B Insert, C\-t
<a id='L457' name='L457'></a>to tag files you may use the Insert key (the kich1 terminfo sequence).
<a id='L458' name='L458'></a>To untag files, just retag a tagged file.
<a id='L459' name='L459'></a>.TP
<a id='L460' name='L460'></a>.B Alt\-e
<a id='L461' name='L461'></a>to change charset of panel you may use Alt\-e (M\-e).
<a id='L462' name='L462'></a>Recoding is made from selected codepage into system codepage. To
<a id='L463' name='L463'></a>cancel the recoding, select "No translation" in the dialog of encodings.
<a id='L464' name='L464'></a>.TP
<a id='L465' name='L465'></a>.B Alt\-g, Alt\-r, Alt\-j
<a id='L466' name='L466'></a>used to select the top file in a panel, the middle file and the bottom one,
<a id='L467' name='L467'></a>respectively.
<a id='L468' name='L468'></a>.TP
<a id='L469' name='L469'></a>.B Alt\-t
<a id='L470' name='L470'></a>toggle the current display listing to show the next display listing
<a id='L471' name='L471'></a>format.
<a id='L472' name='L472'></a>With this it is possible to quickly switch to brief listing, long
<a id='L473' name='L473'></a>listing, user defined listing format, and back to the default.
<a id='L474' name='L474'></a>.TP
<a id='L475' name='L475'></a>.B C\-\\\\ (control\-backslash)
<a id='L476' name='L476'></a>show the
<a id='L477' name='L477'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L478' name='L478'></a>directory hotlist
<a id='L479' name='L479'></a>.\"Hotlist"
<a id='L480' name='L480'></a>and change to the selected directory.
<a id='L481' name='L481'></a>.TP
<a id='L482' name='L482'></a>.B + \ (plus)
<a id='L483' name='L483'></a>this is used to select (tag) a group of files. Midnight Commander
<a id='L484' name='L484'></a>will prompt for a selection options. When
<a id='L485' name='L485'></a>.I Files only
<a id='L486' name='L486'></a>checkbox is on, only files will be selected.  If
<a id='L487' name='L487'></a>.I Files only
<a id='L488' name='L488'></a>is off, as files as directories will be selected.
<a id='L489' name='L489'></a>When
<a id='L490' name='L490'></a>.I Shell Patterns
<a id='L491' name='L491'></a>checkbox is on, the regular expression is much like the filename globbing
<a id='L492' name='L492'></a>in the shell (* standing for zero or more characters and ? standing
<a id='L493' name='L493'></a>for one character). If
<a id='L494' name='L494'></a>.I Shell Patterns
<a id='L495' name='L495'></a>is off, then the tagging of files is done with normal regular
<a id='L496' name='L496'></a>expressions (see ed (1)). When
<a id='L497' name='L497'></a>.I Case sensitive
<a id='L498' name='L498'></a>checkbox is on, the selection will be case sensitive characters.
<a id='L499' name='L499'></a>If
<a id='L500' name='L500'></a>.I Case sensitive
<a id='L501' name='L501'></a>is off, the case will be ignored.
<a id='L502' name='L502'></a>.TP
<a id='L503' name='L503'></a>.B \\\\ (backslash)
<a id='L504' name='L504'></a>use the "\\" key to unselect a group of files. This is the opposite of
<a id='L505' name='L505'></a>the Plus key.
<a id='L506' name='L506'></a>.TP
<a id='L507' name='L507'></a>.B up\-key, C\-p
<a id='L508' name='L508'></a>move the selection bar to the previous entry in the panel.
<a id='L509' name='L509'></a>.TP
<a id='L510' name='L510'></a>.B down\-key, C\-n
<a id='L511' name='L511'></a>move the selection bar to the next entry in the panel.
<a id='L512' name='L512'></a>.TP
<a id='L513' name='L513'></a>.B home, a1, Alt\-&lt;
<a id='L514' name='L514'></a>move the selection bar to the first entry in the panel.
<a id='L515' name='L515'></a>.TP
<a id='L516' name='L516'></a>.B end, c1, Alt\-&gt;
<a id='L517' name='L517'></a>move the selection bar to the last entry in the panel.
<a id='L518' name='L518'></a>.TP
<a id='L519' name='L519'></a>.B next\-page, C\-v
<a id='L520' name='L520'></a>move the selection bar one page down.
<a id='L521' name='L521'></a>.TP
<a id='L522' name='L522'></a>.B prev\-page, Alt\-v
<a id='L523' name='L523'></a>move the selection bar one page up.
<a id='L524' name='L524'></a>.TP
<a id='L525' name='L525'></a>.B Alt\-o
<a id='L526' name='L526'></a>If the currently selected file is a directory, load that directory on
<a id='L527' name='L527'></a>the other panel and moves the selection to the next file. If the
<a id='L528' name='L528'></a>currently selected file is not a directory, load the parent directory
<a id='L529' name='L529'></a>on the other panel and moves the selection to the next file.
<a id='L530' name='L530'></a>.TP
<a id='L531' name='L531'></a>.B Alt\-i
<a id='L532' name='L532'></a>make the current directory of the current panel also the current
<a id='L533' name='L533'></a>directory of the other panel.  Put the other panel to the listing mode
<a id='L534' name='L534'></a>if needed.  If the current panel is panelized, the other panel doesn't
<a id='L535' name='L535'></a>become panelized.
<a id='L536' name='L536'></a>.TP
<a id='L537' name='L537'></a>.B C\-PageUp, C\-PageDown
<a id='L538' name='L538'></a>only when supported by the terminal: change to ".." and to the currently
<a id='L539' name='L539'></a>selected directory respectively.
<a id='L540' name='L540'></a>.TP
<a id='L541' name='L541'></a>.B Alt\-y
<a id='L542' name='L542'></a>moves to the previous directory in the history, equivalent to clicking
<a id='L543' name='L543'></a>the
<a id='L544' name='L544'></a>.I &lt;
<a id='L545' name='L545'></a>with the mouse.
<a id='L546' name='L546'></a>.TP
<a id='L547' name='L547'></a>.B Alt\-u
<a id='L548' name='L548'></a>moves to the next directory in the history, equivalent to clicking the
<a id='L549' name='L549'></a>.I &gt;
<a id='L550' name='L550'></a>with the mouse.
<a id='L551' name='L551'></a>.TP
<a id='L552' name='L552'></a>.B Alt\-S\-h, Alt\-H
<a id='L553' name='L553'></a>displays the directory history, equivalent to depressing the 'v' with
<a id='L554' name='L554'></a>the mouse.
<a id='L555' name='L555'></a>.\"NODE "  Quick search"
<a id='L556' name='L556'></a>.SH "  Quick search"
<a id='L557' name='L557'></a>The Quick search mode allows you to perform fast file search in file panel.
<a id='L558' name='L558'></a>Press
<a id='L559' name='L559'></a>.I C\-s
<a id='L560' name='L560'></a>or
<a id='L561' name='L561'></a>.I Alt\-s
<a id='L562' name='L562'></a>to start a filename search in the directory listing.
<a id='L563' name='L563'></a>.P
<a id='L564' name='L564'></a>When the search is active, the user input will be added to the search string
<a id='L565' name='L565'></a>instead of the command line. If the
<a id='L566' name='L566'></a>.I Show mini\-status
<a id='L567' name='L567'></a>option is enabled the search string is shown on the mini\-status
<a id='L568' name='L568'></a>line. When typing, the selection bar will move to the next file
<a id='L569' name='L569'></a>starting with the typed letters. The
<a id='L570' name='L570'></a>.I Backspace
<a id='L571' name='L571'></a>or
<a id='L572' name='L572'></a>.I DEL
<a id='L573' name='L573'></a>keys can be used to correct typing mistakes. If C\-s is pressed
<a id='L574' name='L574'></a>again, the next match is searched for.
<a id='L575' name='L575'></a>.P
<a id='L576' name='L576'></a>If quick search is started with double pressing of C\-s, the previous quick
<a id='L577' name='L577'></a>search pattern will be used for current search.
<a id='L578' name='L578'></a>.P
<a id='L579' name='L579'></a>Besides the filename characters, you can also use wildcard
<a id='L580' name='L580'></a>characters '*' and '?'.
<a id='L581' name='L581'></a>.\"NODE "  Shell Command Line"
<a id='L582' name='L582'></a>.SH "  Shell Command Line"
<a id='L583' name='L583'></a>This section lists keys which are useful to avoid excessive typing when
<a id='L584' name='L584'></a>entering shell commands.
<a id='L585' name='L585'></a>.TP
<a id='L586' name='L586'></a>.B Alt\-Enter
<a id='L587' name='L587'></a>copy the currently selected file name to the command line.
<a id='L588' name='L588'></a>.TP
<a id='L589' name='L589'></a>.B C\-Enter
<a id='L590' name='L590'></a>same a Alt\-Enter.  May not work on remote systems and some terminals.
<a id='L591' name='L591'></a>.TP
<a id='L592' name='L592'></a>.B C\-S\-Enter
<a id='L593' name='L593'></a>copy the full path name of the currently selected file to the command
<a id='L594' name='L594'></a>line.  May not work on remote systems and some terminals.
<a id='L595' name='L595'></a>.TP
<a id='L596' name='L596'></a>.B Alt\-Tab
<a id='L597' name='L597'></a>does the filename, command, variable, username and hostname
<a id='L598' name='L598'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L599' name='L599'></a>completion
<a id='L600' name='L600'></a>.\"Completion"
<a id='L601' name='L601'></a>for you.
<a id='L602' name='L602'></a>.TP
<a id='L603' name='L603'></a>.B C\-x t, C\-x C\-t
<a id='L604' name='L604'></a>copy the tagged files (or if there are no tagged files, the selected
<a id='L605' name='L605'></a>file) of the current panel (C\-x t) or of the other panel (C\-x C\-t) to
<a id='L606' name='L606'></a>the command line.
<a id='L607' name='L607'></a>.TP
<a id='L608' name='L608'></a>.B C\-x p, C\-x C\-p
<a id='L609' name='L609'></a>the first key sequence copies the current path name to the command
<a id='L610' name='L610'></a>line, and the second one copies the unselected panel's path name to
<a id='L611' name='L611'></a>the command line.
<a id='L612' name='L612'></a>.TP
<a id='L613' name='L613'></a>.B C\-q
<a id='L614' name='L614'></a>the quote command can be used to insert characters that are otherwise
<a id='L615' name='L615'></a>interpreted by Midnight Commander (like the '+' symbol)
<a id='L616' name='L616'></a>.TP
<a id='L617' name='L617'></a>.B Alt\-p, Alt\-n
<a id='L618' name='L618'></a>use these keys to browse through the command history. Alt\-p takes you
<a id='L619' name='L619'></a>to the last entry, Alt\-n takes you to the next one.
<a id='L620' name='L620'></a>.TP
<a id='L621' name='L621'></a>.B Alt\-h
<a id='L622' name='L622'></a>displays the history for the current input line.
<a id='L623' name='L623'></a>.\"NODE "  General Movement Keys"
<a id='L624' name='L624'></a>.SH "  General Movement Keys"
<a id='L625' name='L625'></a>The help viewer, the file viewer and the directory tree use common
<a id='L626' name='L626'></a>code to handle moving. Therefore they accept exactly the same
<a id='L627' name='L627'></a>keys. Each of them also accepts some keys of its own.
<a id='L628' name='L628'></a>.PP
<a id='L629' name='L629'></a>Other parts of Midnight Commander use some of the same movement
<a id='L630' name='L630'></a>keys, so this section may be of use for those parts too.
<a id='L631' name='L631'></a>.TP
<a id='L632' name='L632'></a>.B Up, C\-p
<a id='L633' name='L633'></a>moves one line backward.
<a id='L634' name='L634'></a>.TP
<a id='L635' name='L635'></a>.B Down, C\-n
<a id='L636' name='L636'></a>moves one line forward.
<a id='L637' name='L637'></a>.TP
<a id='L638' name='L638'></a>.B Prev Page, Page Up, Alt\-v
<a id='L639' name='L639'></a>moves one page up.
<a id='L640' name='L640'></a>.TP
<a id='L641' name='L641'></a>.B Next Page, Page Down, C\-v
<a id='L642' name='L642'></a>moves one page down.
<a id='L643' name='L643'></a>.TP
<a id='L644' name='L644'></a>.B Home, A1
<a id='L645' name='L645'></a>moves to the beginning.
<a id='L646' name='L646'></a>.TP
<a id='L647' name='L647'></a>.B End, C1
<a id='L648' name='L648'></a>move to the end.
<a id='L649' name='L649'></a>.PP
<a id='L650' name='L650'></a>The help viewer and the file viewer accept the following keys in
<a id='L651' name='L651'></a>addition the to ones mentioned above:
<a id='L652' name='L652'></a>.TP
<a id='L653' name='L653'></a>.B b, C\-b, C\-h, Backspace, Delete
<a id='L654' name='L654'></a>moves one page up.
<a id='L655' name='L655'></a>.TP
<a id='L656' name='L656'></a>.B Space bar
<a id='L657' name='L657'></a>moves one page down.
<a id='L658' name='L658'></a>.TP
<a id='L659' name='L659'></a>.B u, d
<a id='L660' name='L660'></a>moves one half of a page up or down.
<a id='L661' name='L661'></a>.TP
<a id='L662' name='L662'></a>.B g, G
<a id='L663' name='L663'></a>moves to the beginning or to the end.
<a id='L664' name='L664'></a>.\"NODE "  Input Line Keys"
<a id='L665' name='L665'></a>.SH "  Input Line Keys"
<a id='L666' name='L666'></a>The input lines (they are used for the
<a id='L667' name='L667'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L668' name='L668'></a>command line
<a id='L669' name='L669'></a>.\"Shell Command Line"
<a id='L670' name='L670'></a>and for the query dialogs in the program) accept these keys:
<a id='L671' name='L671'></a>.TP
<a id='L672' name='L672'></a>.B C\-a
<a id='L673' name='L673'></a>puts the cursor at the beginning of line.
<a id='L674' name='L674'></a>.TP
<a id='L675' name='L675'></a>.B C\-e
<a id='L676' name='L676'></a>puts the cursor at the end of the line.
<a id='L677' name='L677'></a>.TP
<a id='L678' name='L678'></a>.B C\-b, move\-left
<a id='L679' name='L679'></a>move the cursor one position left.
<a id='L680' name='L680'></a>.TP
<a id='L681' name='L681'></a>.B C\-f, move\-right
<a id='L682' name='L682'></a>move the cursor one position right.
<a id='L683' name='L683'></a>.TP
<a id='L684' name='L684'></a>.B Alt\-f
<a id='L685' name='L685'></a>moves one word forward.
<a id='L686' name='L686'></a>.TP
<a id='L687' name='L687'></a>.B Alt\-b
<a id='L688' name='L688'></a>moves one word backward.
<a id='L689' name='L689'></a>.TP
<a id='L690' name='L690'></a>.B C\-h, Backspace
<a id='L691' name='L691'></a>delete the previous character.
<a id='L692' name='L692'></a>.TP
<a id='L693' name='L693'></a>.B C\-d, Delete
<a id='L694' name='L694'></a>delete the character in the point (over the cursor).
<a id='L695' name='L695'></a>.TP
<a id='L696' name='L696'></a>.B C\-@
<a id='L697' name='L697'></a>sets the mark for cutting.
<a id='L698' name='L698'></a>.TP
<a id='L699' name='L699'></a>.B C\-w
<a id='L700' name='L700'></a>copies the text between the cursor and the mark to a kill buffer and
<a id='L701' name='L701'></a>removes the text from the input line.
<a id='L702' name='L702'></a>.TP
<a id='L703' name='L703'></a>.B Alt\-w
<a id='L704' name='L704'></a>copies the text between the cursor and the mark to a kill buffer.
<a id='L705' name='L705'></a>.TP
<a id='L706' name='L706'></a>.B C\-y
<a id='L707' name='L707'></a>yanks back the contents of the kill buffer.
<a id='L708' name='L708'></a>.TP
<a id='L709' name='L709'></a>.B C\-k
<a id='L710' name='L710'></a>kills the text from the cursor to the end of the line.
<a id='L711' name='L711'></a>.TP
<a id='L712' name='L712'></a>.B Alt\-p, Alt\-n
<a id='L713' name='L713'></a>Use these keys to browse through the command history. Alt\-p takes you
<a id='L714' name='L714'></a>to the last entry, Alt\-n takes you to the next one.
<a id='L715' name='L715'></a>.TP
<a id='L716' name='L716'></a>.B Alt\-C\-h, Alt\-Backspace
<a id='L717' name='L717'></a>delete one word backward.
<a id='L718' name='L718'></a>.TP
<a id='L719' name='L719'></a>.B Alt\-Tab
<a id='L720' name='L720'></a>does the filename, command, variable, username and hostname
<a id='L721' name='L721'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L722' name='L722'></a>completion
<a id='L723' name='L723'></a>.\"Completion"
<a id='L724' name='L724'></a>for you.
<a id='L725' name='L725'></a>.SH ""
<a id='L726' name='L726'></a>.\"NODE "Menu Bar"
<a id='L727' name='L727'></a>.SH "Menu Bar"
<a id='L728' name='L728'></a>The menu bar pops up when you press F9 or click the mouse on the top
<a id='L729' name='L729'></a>row of the screen. The menu bar has five menus: "Left", "File",
<a id='L730' name='L730'></a>"Command", "Options" and "Right".
<a id='L731' name='L731'></a>.PP
<a id='L732' name='L732'></a>The
<a id='L733' name='L733'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L734' name='L734'></a>Left and Right Menus
<a id='L735' name='L735'></a>.\"Left and Right Menus"
<a id='L736' name='L736'></a>allow you to modify the appearance of the left and right directory
<a id='L737' name='L737'></a>panels.
<a id='L738' name='L738'></a>.PP
<a id='L739' name='L739'></a>The
<a id='L740' name='L740'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L741' name='L741'></a>File Menu
<a id='L742' name='L742'></a>.\"File Menu"
<a id='L743' name='L743'></a>lists the actions you can perform on the currently selected file or
<a id='L744' name='L744'></a>the tagged files.
<a id='L745' name='L745'></a>.PP
<a id='L746' name='L746'></a>The
<a id='L747' name='L747'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L748' name='L748'></a>Command Menu
<a id='L749' name='L749'></a>.\"Command Menu"
<a id='L750' name='L750'></a>lists the actions which are more general and bear no relation to the
<a id='L751' name='L751'></a>currently selected file or the tagged files.
<a id='L752' name='L752'></a>.PP
<a id='L753' name='L753'></a>The
<a id='L754' name='L754'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L755' name='L755'></a>Options Menu
<a id='L756' name='L756'></a>.\"Options Menu"
<a id='L757' name='L757'></a>lists the actions which allow you to customize Midnight Commander.
<a id='L758' name='L758'></a>.\"NODE "  Left and Right Menus"
<a id='L759' name='L759'></a>.SH "  Left and Right (Above and Below) Menus"
<a id='L760' name='L760'></a>The outlook of the directory panels can be changed from the
<a id='L761' name='L761'></a>.B Left
<a id='L762' name='L762'></a>and
<a id='L763' name='L763'></a>.B Right
<a id='L764' name='L764'></a>menus (they are named
<a id='L765' name='L765'></a>.B Above
<a id='L766' name='L766'></a>and
<a id='L767' name='L767'></a>.B Below
<a id='L768' name='L768'></a>when the horizontal panel split is chosen from the
<a id='L769' name='L769'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L770' name='L770'></a>Layout
<a id='L771' name='L771'></a>.\"Layout"
<a id='L772' name='L772'></a>options dialog).
<a id='L773' name='L773'></a>.\"NODE "    Listing Format..."
<a id='L774' name='L774'></a>.SH "    Listing Format..."
<a id='L775' name='L775'></a>The listing mode view is used to display a listing of files, there are
<a id='L776' name='L776'></a>four different listing formats available:
<a id='L777' name='L777'></a>.BR Full ,
<a id='L778' name='L778'></a>.BR Brief ,
<a id='L779' name='L779'></a>.B Long
<a id='L780' name='L780'></a>and
<a id='L781' name='L781'></a>.BR User .
<a id='L782' name='L782'></a>The full directory view shows the file name, the size of the file and
<a id='L783' name='L783'></a>the modification time.
<a id='L784' name='L784'></a>.PP
<a id='L785' name='L785'></a>The brief view shows only the file name and it has from 1 up to 9 columns
<a id='L786' name='L786'></a>(therefore showing more files unlike other views). The long view
<a id='L787' name='L787'></a>is similar to the output of
<a id='L788' name='L788'></a>.B "ls \-l"
<a id='L789' name='L789'></a>command. The long view takes the whole screen width.
<a id='L790' name='L790'></a>.PP
<a id='L791' name='L791'></a>If you choose the "User" display format, then you have to specify
<a id='L792' name='L792'></a>the display format.
<a id='L793' name='L793'></a>.PP
<a id='L794' name='L794'></a>The user display format must start with a panel size specifier.  This
<a id='L795' name='L795'></a>may be "half" or "full", and they specify a half screen panel and a
<a id='L796' name='L796'></a>full screen panel respectively.
<a id='L797' name='L797'></a>.PP
<a id='L798' name='L798'></a>After the panel size, you may specify how many listings to fit in the
<a id='L799' name='L799'></a>panel, side\-by\-side (in other words: how many times to repeat the
<a id='L800' name='L800'></a>fields horizontally). This defaults to 1. You may change this by adding a
<a id='L801' name='L801'></a>number from 1 to 9 to the format string.
<a id='L802' name='L802'></a>.PP
<a id='L803' name='L803'></a>After this you add the name of the fields with an optional size
<a id='L804' name='L804'></a>specifier.  This are the available fields you may display:
<a id='L805' name='L805'></a>.TP
<a id='L806' name='L806'></a>.B name
<a id='L807' name='L807'></a>displays the file name.
<a id='L808' name='L808'></a>.TP
<a id='L809' name='L809'></a>.B size
<a id='L810' name='L810'></a>displays the file size.
<a id='L811' name='L811'></a>.TP
<a id='L812' name='L812'></a>.B bsize
<a id='L813' name='L813'></a>is an alternative form of the
<a id='L814' name='L814'></a>.B size
<a id='L815' name='L815'></a>format. It displays the size of the files and for directories it just
<a id='L816' name='L816'></a>shows SUB\-DIR or UP\-\-DIR.
<a id='L817' name='L817'></a>.TP
<a id='L818' name='L818'></a>.B type
<a id='L819' name='L819'></a>displays a one character wide type field.  This character is similar to
<a id='L820' name='L820'></a>what is displayed by ls with the \-F flag \-
<a id='L821' name='L821'></a>.B *
<a id='L822' name='L822'></a>for executable files,
<a id='L823' name='L823'></a>.B /
<a id='L824' name='L824'></a>for directories,
<a id='L825' name='L825'></a>.B @
<a id='L826' name='L826'></a>for links,
<a id='L827' name='L827'></a>.B =
<a id='L828' name='L828'></a>for sockets,
<a id='L829' name='L829'></a>.B \-
<a id='L830' name='L830'></a>for character devices,
<a id='L831' name='L831'></a>.B +
<a id='L832' name='L832'></a>for block devices,
<a id='L833' name='L833'></a>.B |
<a id='L834' name='L834'></a>for pipes,
<a id='L835' name='L835'></a>.B ~
<a id='L836' name='L836'></a>for symbolic links to directories and
<a id='L837' name='L837'></a>.B !
<a id='L838' name='L838'></a>for stale symlinks (links that point nowhere).
<a id='L839' name='L839'></a>.TP
<a id='L840' name='L840'></a>.B mark
<a id='L841' name='L841'></a>an asterisk if the file is tagged, a space if it's not.
<a id='L842' name='L842'></a>.TP
<a id='L843' name='L843'></a>.B mtime
<a id='L844' name='L844'></a>file's last modification time.
<a id='L845' name='L845'></a>.TP
<a id='L846' name='L846'></a>.B atime
<a id='L847' name='L847'></a>file's last access time.
<a id='L848' name='L848'></a>.TP
<a id='L849' name='L849'></a>.B ctime
<a id='L850' name='L850'></a>file's status change time.
<a id='L851' name='L851'></a>.TP
<a id='L852' name='L852'></a>.B perm
<a id='L853' name='L853'></a>a string representing the current permission bits of the file.
<a id='L854' name='L854'></a>.TP
<a id='L855' name='L855'></a>.B mode
<a id='L856' name='L856'></a>an octal value with the current permission bits of the file.
<a id='L857' name='L857'></a>.TP
<a id='L858' name='L858'></a>.B nlink
<a id='L859' name='L859'></a>the number of links to the file.
<a id='L860' name='L860'></a>.TP
<a id='L861' name='L861'></a>.B ngid
<a id='L862' name='L862'></a>the GID (numeric).
<a id='L863' name='L863'></a>.TP
<a id='L864' name='L864'></a>.B nuid
<a id='L865' name='L865'></a>the UID (numeric).
<a id='L866' name='L866'></a>.TP
<a id='L867' name='L867'></a>.B owner
<a id='L868' name='L868'></a>the owner of the file.
<a id='L869' name='L869'></a>.TP
<a id='L870' name='L870'></a>.B group
<a id='L871' name='L871'></a>the group of the file.
<a id='L872' name='L872'></a>.TP
<a id='L873' name='L873'></a>.B inode
<a id='L874' name='L874'></a>the inode of the file.
<a id='L875' name='L875'></a>.PP
<a id='L876' name='L876'></a>Also you can use following keywords to define the panel layout:
<a id='L877' name='L877'></a>.TP
<a id='L878' name='L878'></a>.B space
<a id='L879' name='L879'></a>a space in the display format.
<a id='L880' name='L880'></a>.TP
<a id='L881' name='L881'></a>.B |
<a id='L882' name='L882'></a>add a vertical line to the display format.
<a id='L883' name='L883'></a>.PP
<a id='L884' name='L884'></a>To force one field to a fixed size (a size specifier), you just add
<a id='L885' name='L885'></a>.B :
<a id='L886' name='L886'></a>followed by the number of characters you want the field to have.  If the
<a id='L887' name='L887'></a>number is followed by the symbol
<a id='L888' name='L888'></a>.BR + ,
<a id='L889' name='L889'></a>then the size specifies the minimal field size \- if the program finds
<a id='L890' name='L890'></a>out that there is more space on the screen, it will then expand that
<a id='L891' name='L891'></a>field.
<a id='L892' name='L892'></a>.PP
<a id='L893' name='L893'></a>For example, the
<a id='L894' name='L894'></a>.B Full
<a id='L895' name='L895'></a>display corresponds to this format:
<a id='L896' name='L896'></a>.PP
<a id='L897' name='L897'></a>half type name | size | mtime
<a id='L898' name='L898'></a>.PP
<a id='L899' name='L899'></a>And the
<a id='L900' name='L900'></a>.B Long
<a id='L901' name='L901'></a>display corresponds to this format:
<a id='L902' name='L902'></a>.PP
<a id='L903' name='L903'></a>full perm space nlink space owner space group space size space mtime
<a id='L904' name='L904'></a>space name
<a id='L905' name='L905'></a>.PP
<a id='L906' name='L906'></a>This is a nice user display format:
<a id='L907' name='L907'></a>.PP
<a id='L908' name='L908'></a>half name | size:7 | type mode:3
<a id='L909' name='L909'></a>.PP
<a id='L910' name='L910'></a>Panels may also be set to the following modes:
<a id='L911' name='L911'></a>.TP
<a id='L912' name='L912'></a>.B "Info"
<a id='L913' name='L913'></a>The info view display information related to the currently
<a id='L914' name='L914'></a>selected file and if possible information about the current file
<a id='L915' name='L915'></a>system.
<a id='L916' name='L916'></a>.TP
<a id='L917' name='L917'></a>.B "Tree"
<a id='L918' name='L918'></a>The tree view is quite similar to the
<a id='L919' name='L919'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L920' name='L920'></a>directory tree
<a id='L921' name='L921'></a>.\"Directory Tree"
<a id='L922' name='L922'></a>feature. See the section about it for more information.
<a id='L923' name='L923'></a>.TP
<a id='L924' name='L924'></a>.B "Quick View"
<a id='L925' name='L925'></a>In this mode, the panel will switch to a reduced
<a id='L926' name='L926'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L927' name='L927'></a>viewer
<a id='L928' name='L928'></a>.\"Internal File Viewer"
<a id='L929' name='L929'></a>that displays the contents of the currently selected file, if you
<a id='L930' name='L930'></a>select the panel (with the tab key or the mouse), you will have access
<a id='L931' name='L931'></a>to the usual viewer commands.
<a id='L932' name='L932'></a>.\"NODE "    Sort Order..."
<a id='L933' name='L933'></a>.SH "    Sort Order..."
<a id='L934' name='L934'></a>The eight sort orders are by name, by extension, by modification time,
<a id='L935' name='L935'></a>by access time, and by inode information modification time, by size,
<a id='L936' name='L936'></a>by inode and unsorted.  In the Sort order dialog box you can choose
<a id='L937' name='L937'></a>the sort order and you may also specify if you want to sort in reverse
<a id='L938' name='L938'></a>order by checking the reverse box.
<a id='L939' name='L939'></a>.PP
<a id='L940' name='L940'></a>By default directories are sorted before files but this can be changed
<a id='L941' name='L941'></a>from the
<a id='L942' name='L942'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L943' name='L943'></a>Panel options
<a id='L944' name='L944'></a>.\"Panel options"
<a id='L945' name='L945'></a>menu (option
<a id='L946' name='L946'></a>.BR "Mix all files" ).
<a id='L947' name='L947'></a>.\"NODE "    Filter..."
<a id='L948' name='L948'></a>.SH "    Filter..."
<a id='L949' name='L949'></a>The filter command allows you to specify a shell pattern (for example
<a id='L950' name='L950'></a>.BR "*.tar.gz" )
<a id='L951' name='L951'></a>which the files must match to be shown. Regardless
<a id='L952' name='L952'></a>of the filter pattern, the directories and the links to directories
<a id='L953' name='L953'></a>are always shown in the directory panel.
<a id='L954' name='L954'></a>.\"NODE "    Reread"
<a id='L955' name='L955'></a>.SH "    Reread"
<a id='L956' name='L956'></a>The reread command reload the list of files in the directory. It is
<a id='L957' name='L957'></a>useful if other processes have created or removed files.
<a id='L958' name='L958'></a>.\"NODE "  File Menu"
<a id='L959' name='L959'></a>.SH "  File Menu"
<a id='L960' name='L960'></a>Midnight Commander uses the F1 \- F10 keys as keyboard shortcuts
<a id='L961' name='L961'></a>for commands appearing in the file menu.  The escape sequences for the
<a id='L962' name='L962'></a>function keys are terminfo capabilities kf1 trough kf10.  On terminals
<a id='L963' name='L963'></a>without function key support, you can achieve the same functionality by
<a id='L964' name='L964'></a>pressing the Esc key and then a number in the range 1 through 9 and 0
<a id='L965' name='L965'></a>(corresponding to F1 to F9 and F10 respectively).
<a id='L966' name='L966'></a>.PP
<a id='L967' name='L967'></a>The File menu has the following commands (keyboard shortcuts in parentheses):
<a id='L968' name='L968'></a>.PP
<a id='L969' name='L969'></a>.B Help (F1)
<a id='L970' name='L970'></a>.PP
<a id='L971' name='L971'></a>Invokes the built\-in hypertext help viewer. Inside the
<a id='L972' name='L972'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L973' name='L973'></a>help viewer\&amp;,
<a id='L974' name='L974'></a>.\"Contents"
<a id='L975' name='L975'></a>you can use the Tab key to select the next link and the Enter key to
<a id='L976' name='L976'></a>follow that link. The keys Space and Backspace are used to move
<a id='L977' name='L977'></a>forward and backward in a help page. Press F1 again to get the full
<a id='L978' name='L978'></a>list of accepted keys.
<a id='L979' name='L979'></a>.PP
<a id='L980' name='L980'></a>.B Menu (F2)
<a id='L981' name='L981'></a>.PP
<a id='L982' name='L982'></a>Invoke the
<a id='L983' name='L983'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L984' name='L984'></a>user menu\&amp;.
<a id='L985' name='L985'></a>.\"Edit Menu File"
<a id='L986' name='L986'></a>The user menu provides an easy way to provide users with a menu and
<a id='L987' name='L987'></a>add extra features to Midnight Commander.
<a id='L988' name='L988'></a>.PP
<a id='L989' name='L989'></a>.B View (F3, F13)
<a id='L990' name='L990'></a>.PP
<a id='L991' name='L991'></a>View the currently selected file. By default this invokes the
<a id='L992' name='L992'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L993' name='L993'></a>Internal File Viewer
<a id='L994' name='L994'></a>.\"Internal File Viewer"
<a id='L995' name='L995'></a>but if the option "Use internal view" is off, it invokes an external
<a id='L996' name='L996'></a>file viewer specified by the
<a id='L997' name='L997'></a>.B VIEWER
<a id='L998' name='L998'></a>environment variable.  If
<a id='L999' name='L999'></a>.B VIEWER
<a id='L1000' name='L1000'></a>is undefined, the
<a id='L1001' name='L1001'></a>.B PAGER
<a id='L1002' name='L1002'></a>environment variable is tried.  If
<a id='L1003' name='L1003'></a>.B PAGER
<a id='L1004' name='L1004'></a>is also undefined, the "view" command is invoked.  If you use F13
<a id='L1005' name='L1005'></a>instead, the viewer will be invoked without doing any formatting or
<a id='L1006' name='L1006'></a>preprocessing to the file.
<a id='L1007' name='L1007'></a>.P
<a id='L1008' name='L1008'></a>See
<a id='L1009' name='L1009'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1010' name='L1010'></a>parameters for external viewer
<a id='L1011' name='L1011'></a>.\"Parameters for external editor or viewer"
<a id='L1012' name='L1012'></a>for explain how you may specify an extended command line options
<a id='L1013' name='L1013'></a>for external viewers.
<a id='L1014' name='L1014'></a>.PP
<a id='L1015' name='L1015'></a>.B Filtered View (Alt\-!)
<a id='L1016' name='L1016'></a>.PP
<a id='L1017' name='L1017'></a>This command prompts for a command
<a id='L1018' name='L1018'></a>and its arguments (the argument defaults to the currently selected
<a id='L1019' name='L1019'></a>file name), the output from such command is shown in the internal file
<a id='L1020' name='L1020'></a>viewer.
<a id='L1021' name='L1021'></a>.PP
<a id='L1022' name='L1022'></a>.B Edit (F4, F14)
<a id='L1023' name='L1023'></a>.PP
<a id='L1024' name='L1024'></a>Press F4 to edit the highlighted file.  Press F14 (usually F14)
<a id='L1025' name='L1025'></a>to start the editor with a new, empty file.
<a id='L1026' name='L1026'></a>Currently they invoke the
<a id='L1027' name='L1027'></a>.B vi
<a id='L1028' name='L1028'></a>editor, or the editor specified in the
<a id='L1029' name='L1029'></a>.B EDITOR
<a id='L1030' name='L1030'></a>environment variable, or the
<a id='L1031' name='L1031'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1032' name='L1032'></a>Internal File Editor
<a id='L1033' name='L1033'></a>.\"Internal File Editor"
<a id='L1034' name='L1034'></a>if the use_internal_edit option is on.
<a id='L1035' name='L1035'></a>.P
<a id='L1036' name='L1036'></a>See
<a id='L1037' name='L1037'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1038' name='L1038'></a>parameters for external editor
<a id='L1039' name='L1039'></a>.\"Parameters for external editor or viewer"
<a id='L1040' name='L1040'></a>for explain how you may specify an extended command line options
<a id='L1041' name='L1041'></a>for external editors.
<a id='L1042' name='L1042'></a>.PP
<a id='L1043' name='L1043'></a>.B Copy (F5, F15)
<a id='L1044' name='L1044'></a>.PP
<a id='L1045' name='L1045'></a>Press F5 to pop up an input dialog to copy the currently selected file (or
<a id='L1046' name='L1046'></a>the tagged files, if there is at least one file tagged) to the
<a id='L1047' name='L1047'></a>directory/filename you specify in the input dialog. The destination
<a id='L1048' name='L1048'></a>defaults to the directory in the non\-selected panel. Space for destination
<a id='L1049' name='L1049'></a>file may be preallocated relative to preallocate_space configure option.
<a id='L1050' name='L1050'></a>During this process, you can press C\-c or Esc to abort the operation.
<a id='L1051' name='L1051'></a>For details about source mask (which will be usually either * or ^\\(.*\\)$
<a id='L1052' name='L1052'></a>depending on setting of Use shell patterns) and possible wildcards in the
<a id='L1053' name='L1053'></a>destination see
<a id='L1054' name='L1054'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1055' name='L1055'></a>Mask copy/rename\&amp;.
<a id='L1056' name='L1056'></a>.\"Mask Copy/Rename"
<a id='L1057' name='L1057'></a>.PP
<a id='L1058' name='L1058'></a>F15 (usually F15) is similar, but defaults to the directory in the
<a id='L1059' name='L1059'></a>selected panel. It always operates on the selected file, regardless of
<a id='L1060' name='L1060'></a>any tagged files.
<a id='L1061' name='L1061'></a>.PP
<a id='L1062' name='L1062'></a>On some systems, it is possible to do the copy in the background by
<a id='L1063' name='L1063'></a>clicking on the background button (or pressing Alt\-b in the dialog
<a id='L1064' name='L1064'></a>box).  The
<a id='L1065' name='L1065'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1066' name='L1066'></a>Background Jobs
<a id='L1067' name='L1067'></a>.\"Background jobs"
<a id='L1068' name='L1068'></a>is used to control the background process.
<a id='L1069' name='L1069'></a>.PP
<a id='L1070' name='L1070'></a>.B Link (C\-x l)
<a id='L1071' name='L1071'></a>.PP
<a id='L1072' name='L1072'></a>Create a hard link to the current file.
<a id='L1073' name='L1073'></a>.PP
<a id='L1074' name='L1074'></a>.B Absolute symlink (C\-x s)
<a id='L1075' name='L1075'></a>.PP
<a id='L1076' name='L1076'></a>Create a absolute symbolic link to the current file.
<a id='L1077' name='L1077'></a>.PP
<a id='L1078' name='L1078'></a>.B Relative symLink (C\-x v)
<a id='L1079' name='L1079'></a>.PP
<a id='L1080' name='L1080'></a>Create a relative symbolic link to the current file.
<a id='L1081' name='L1081'></a>.PP
<a id='L1082' name='L1082'></a>To those of you who don't know what links are: creating a link to a file
<a id='L1083' name='L1083'></a>is a bit like copying the file, but both the source filename and the destination
<a id='L1084' name='L1084'></a>filename represent the same file image. For example, if you edit one of these
<a id='L1085' name='L1085'></a>files, all changes you make will appear in both files. Some people call
<a id='L1086' name='L1086'></a>links aliases or shortcuts.
<a id='L1087' name='L1087'></a>.PP
<a id='L1088' name='L1088'></a>A hard link appears as a real file. After making it, there is no way of
<a id='L1089' name='L1089'></a>telling which one is the original and which is the link. If you delete
<a id='L1090' name='L1090'></a>either one of them the other one is still intact. It is very difficult
<a id='L1091' name='L1091'></a>to notice that the files represent the same image. Use hard links when
<a id='L1092' name='L1092'></a>you don't even want to know.
<a id='L1093' name='L1093'></a>.PP
<a id='L1094' name='L1094'></a>A symbolic link is a reference to the name of the original file. If
<a id='L1095' name='L1095'></a>the original file is deleted the symbolic link is useless. It is quite
<a id='L1096' name='L1096'></a>easy to notice that the files represent the same image. Midnight
<a id='L1097' name='L1097'></a>Commander shows an "@"\-sign in front of the file name if it is a
<a id='L1098' name='L1098'></a>symbolic link to somewhere (except to directory, where it shows a tilde (~)).
<a id='L1099' name='L1099'></a>The original file which the link points to is shown on mini\-status line if the
<a id='L1100' name='L1100'></a>.I "Show mini\-status"
<a id='L1101' name='L1101'></a>option is enabled. Use symbolic links when you want to avoid the
<a id='L1102' name='L1102'></a>confusion that can be caused by hard links.
<a id='L1103' name='L1103'></a>.PP
<a id='L1104' name='L1104'></a>When you press "C\-x s" Midnight Commander will automatically fill in the
<a id='L1105' name='L1105'></a>complete path+filename of the original file and suggest a name for the link.
<a id='L1106' name='L1106'></a>You can change either one.
<a id='L1107' name='L1107'></a>.PP
<a id='L1108' name='L1108'></a>Sometimes you may want to change the absolute path of the original into
<a id='L1109' name='L1109'></a>a relative path. An absolute path starts from the root directory:
<a id='L1110' name='L1110'></a>.PP
<a id='L1111' name='L1111'></a>.I /home/frodo/mc/mc \-&gt; /home/frodo/new/mc
<a id='L1112' name='L1112'></a>.PP
<a id='L1113' name='L1113'></a>A relative link describes the original file's location starting from the
<a id='L1114' name='L1114'></a>location of the link itself:
<a id='L1115' name='L1115'></a>.PP
<a id='L1116' name='L1116'></a>.I /home/frodo/mc/mc \-&gt; ../new/mc
<a id='L1117' name='L1117'></a>.PP
<a id='L1118' name='L1118'></a>You can force Midnight Commander to suggest a relative path by pressing
<a id='L1119' name='L1119'></a>"C\-x v" instead of "C\-x s".
<a id='L1120' name='L1120'></a>.PP
<a id='L1121' name='L1121'></a>.B Rename/Move (F6, F16)
<a id='L1122' name='L1122'></a>.PP
<a id='L1123' name='L1123'></a>Press F6 to pop up an input dialog to copy the currently selected file (or
<a id='L1124' name='L1124'></a>the tagged files, if there is at least one file tagged) to the
<a id='L1125' name='L1125'></a>directory/filename you specify in the input dialog.  The destination
<a id='L1126' name='L1126'></a>defaults to the directory in the non\-selected panel. For more details
<a id='L1127' name='L1127'></a>look at Copy (F5) operation above, most of the things are quite similar.
<a id='L1128' name='L1128'></a>.PP
<a id='L1129' name='L1129'></a>F16 (usually F16) is similar, but defaults to the directory in the
<a id='L1130' name='L1130'></a>selected panel. It always operates on the selected file, regardless of
<a id='L1131' name='L1131'></a>any tagged files.
<a id='L1132' name='L1132'></a>.PP
<a id='L1133' name='L1133'></a>On some systems, it is possible to do the copy in the background by
<a id='L1134' name='L1134'></a>clicking on the background button (or pressing Alt\-b in the dialog
<a id='L1135' name='L1135'></a>box).  The
<a id='L1136' name='L1136'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1137' name='L1137'></a>Background Jobs
<a id='L1138' name='L1138'></a>.\"Background jobs"
<a id='L1139' name='L1139'></a>is used to control the background process.
<a id='L1140' name='L1140'></a>.PP
<a id='L1141' name='L1141'></a>.B Mkdir (F7)
<a id='L1142' name='L1142'></a>.PP
<a id='L1143' name='L1143'></a>Pop up an input dialog and creates the directory specified.
<a id='L1144' name='L1144'></a>.PP
<a id='L1145' name='L1145'></a>.B Delete (F8)
<a id='L1146' name='L1146'></a>.PP
<a id='L1147' name='L1147'></a>Delete the currently selected file or the tagged files in the
<a id='L1148' name='L1148'></a>currently selected panel. During the process, you can press C\-c or
<a id='L1149' name='L1149'></a>Esc to abort the operation.
<a id='L1150' name='L1150'></a>.PP
<a id='L1151' name='L1151'></a>.B Quick cd (Alt\-c)
<a id='L1152' name='L1152'></a>Use the
<a id='L1153' name='L1153'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1154' name='L1154'></a>quick cd
<a id='L1155' name='L1155'></a>.\"Quick cd"
<a id='L1156' name='L1156'></a>command if you have full command line and want to cd somewhere.
<a id='L1157' name='L1157'></a>.PP
<a id='L1158' name='L1158'></a>.B Select group (+)
<a id='L1159' name='L1159'></a>.PP
<a id='L1160' name='L1160'></a>This is used to select (tag) a group of files. Midnight Commander
<a id='L1161' name='L1161'></a>will prompt for a selection options. When
<a id='L1162' name='L1162'></a>.I Files only
<a id='L1163' name='L1163'></a>checkbox is on, only files will be selected.  If
<a id='L1164' name='L1164'></a>.I Files only
<a id='L1165' name='L1165'></a>is off, as files as directories will be selected.
<a id='L1166' name='L1166'></a>When
<a id='L1167' name='L1167'></a>.I Shell Patterns
<a id='L1168' name='L1168'></a>checkbox is on, the regular expression is much like the filename globbing
<a id='L1169' name='L1169'></a>in the shell (* standing for zero or more characters and ?  standing
<a id='L1170' name='L1170'></a>for one character). If
<a id='L1171' name='L1171'></a>.I Shell Patterns
<a id='L1172' name='L1172'></a>is off, then the tagging of files is done with normal regular
<a id='L1173' name='L1173'></a>expressions (see ed (1)). When
<a id='L1174' name='L1174'></a>.I Case sensitive
<a id='L1175' name='L1175'></a>checkbox is on, the selection will be case sensitive characters.
<a id='L1176' name='L1176'></a>If
<a id='L1177' name='L1177'></a>.I Case sensitive
<a id='L1178' name='L1178'></a>is off, the case will be ignored.
<a id='L1179' name='L1179'></a>.PP
<a id='L1180' name='L1180'></a>.B Unselect group (\\\\)
<a id='L1181' name='L1181'></a>.PP
<a id='L1182' name='L1182'></a>Used to unselect a group of files. This is the opposite of the
<a id='L1183' name='L1183'></a>.I "Select group"
<a id='L1184' name='L1184'></a>command.
<a id='L1185' name='L1185'></a>.PP
<a id='L1186' name='L1186'></a>.B Quit (F10, S\-F10)
<a id='L1187' name='L1187'></a>.PP
<a id='L1188' name='L1188'></a>Terminate Midnight Commander. S\-F10 is used when you want to
<a id='L1189' name='L1189'></a>quit and you are using the shell wrapper.  S\-F10 will not take you
<a id='L1190' name='L1190'></a>to the last directory you visited with Midnight Commander, instead
<a id='L1191' name='L1191'></a>it will stay at the directory where you started Midnight Commander.
<a id='L1192' name='L1192'></a>.\"NODE "    Quick cd"
<a id='L1193' name='L1193'></a>.SH "    Quick cd"
<a id='L1194' name='L1194'></a>This command is useful if you have a full command line and want to
<a id='L1195' name='L1195'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1196' name='L1196'></a>cd
<a id='L1197' name='L1197'></a>.\"The cd internal command"
<a id='L1198' name='L1198'></a>somewhere without having to yank and paste the command line. This command
<a id='L1199' name='L1199'></a>pops up a small dialog, where you enter everything you would enter after
<a id='L1200' name='L1200'></a>.B cd
<a id='L1201' name='L1201'></a>on the command line and then you press enter. This features all the things
<a id='L1202' name='L1202'></a>that are already in the
<a id='L1203' name='L1203'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1204' name='L1204'></a>internal cd command\&amp;.
<a id='L1205' name='L1205'></a>.\"The cd internal command"
<a id='L1206' name='L1206'></a>.\"NODE "  Command Menu"
<a id='L1207' name='L1207'></a>.SH "  Command Menu"
<a id='L1208' name='L1208'></a>The
<a id='L1209' name='L1209'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1210' name='L1210'></a>Directory tree
<a id='L1211' name='L1211'></a>.\"Directory Tree"
<a id='L1212' name='L1212'></a>command shows a tree figure of the directories.
<a id='L1213' name='L1213'></a>.PP
<a id='L1214' name='L1214'></a>The
<a id='L1215' name='L1215'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1216' name='L1216'></a>"Find file"
<a id='L1217' name='L1217'></a>.\"Find File"
<a id='L1218' name='L1218'></a>command allows you to search for a specific file.
<a id='L1219' name='L1219'></a>.PP
<a id='L1220' name='L1220'></a>The "Swap panels" command swaps the contents of the two directory panels.
<a id='L1221' name='L1221'></a>.PP
<a id='L1222' name='L1222'></a>The "Switch panels on/off" command shows the output of the last shell command.
<a id='L1223' name='L1223'></a>This works only on xterm and on Linux and FreeBSD console.
<a id='L1224' name='L1224'></a>.PP
<a id='L1225' name='L1225'></a>The "Compare directories" command compares the directory
<a id='L1226' name='L1226'></a>panels with each other. You can then use the Copy (F5) command to make
<a id='L1227' name='L1227'></a>the panels identical. There are three compare methods. The quick method
<a id='L1228' name='L1228'></a>compares only file size and file date. The thorough method makes a
<a id='L1229' name='L1229'></a>full byte\-by\-byte compare. The thorough method is not available if the
<a id='L1230' name='L1230'></a>machine does not support the mmap(2) system call.  The size\-only
<a id='L1231' name='L1231'></a>compare method just compares the file sizes and does not check the
<a id='L1232' name='L1232'></a>contents or the date times, it just checks the file size.
<a id='L1233' name='L1233'></a>.PP
<a id='L1234' name='L1234'></a>The
<a id='L1235' name='L1235'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1236' name='L1236'></a>"External panelize"
<a id='L1237' name='L1237'></a>.\"External panelize"
<a id='L1238' name='L1238'></a>allows you to execute an external program, and make the output of that
<a id='L1239' name='L1239'></a>program the contents of the current panel.
<a id='L1240' name='L1240'></a>.PP
<a id='L1241' name='L1241'></a>The "Command history" command shows a list of typed commands. The
<a id='L1242' name='L1242'></a>selected command is copied to the command line. The command history
<a id='L1243' name='L1243'></a>can also be accessed by typing Alt\-p or Alt\-n.
<a id='L1244' name='L1244'></a>.PP
<a id='L1245' name='L1245'></a>The
<a id='L1246' name='L1246'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1247' name='L1247'></a>"Directory hotlist"
<a id='L1248' name='L1248'></a>.\"Hotlist"
<a id='L1249' name='L1249'></a>command makes changing of the current directory to often used directories
<a id='L1250' name='L1250'></a>faster.
<a id='L1251' name='L1251'></a>.PP
<a id='L1252' name='L1252'></a>The
<a id='L1253' name='L1253'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1254' name='L1254'></a>"Screen list"
<a id='L1255' name='L1255'></a>.\"Screen selector"
<a id='L1256' name='L1256'></a>command shows a dialog window with the list of currently running
<a id='L1257' name='L1257'></a>internal editors, viewers and other MC modules that support this mode.
<a id='L1258' name='L1258'></a>.PP
<a id='L1259' name='L1259'></a>The
<a id='L1260' name='L1260'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1261' name='L1261'></a>"Edit extension file"
<a id='L1262' name='L1262'></a>.\"Edit Extension File"
<a id='L1263' name='L1263'></a>command allows you to specify programs to executed when you try to
<a id='L1264' name='L1264'></a>execute, view, edit and do a bunch of other thing on files
<a id='L1265' name='L1265'></a>with certain extensions (filename endings).
<a id='L1266' name='L1266'></a>.PP
<a id='L1267' name='L1267'></a>The
<a id='L1268' name='L1268'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1269' name='L1269'></a>"Edit Menu File"
<a id='L1270' name='L1270'></a>.\"Edit Menu File"
<a id='L1271' name='L1271'></a>command may be used for editing the user menu (which appears by
<a id='L1272' name='L1272'></a>pressing F2).
<a id='L1273' name='L1273'></a>.\"NODE "    Directory Tree"
<a id='L1274' name='L1274'></a>.SH "    Directory Tree"
<a id='L1275' name='L1275'></a>The Directory Tree command shows a tree figure of the directories. You
<a id='L1276' name='L1276'></a>can select a directory from the figure and Midnight Commander will
<a id='L1277' name='L1277'></a>change to that directory.
<a id='L1278' name='L1278'></a>.PP
<a id='L1279' name='L1279'></a>There are two ways to invoke the tree. The real directory tree command
<a id='L1280' name='L1280'></a>is available from Commands menu. The other way is to select tree view
<a id='L1281' name='L1281'></a>from the Left or Right menu.
<a id='L1282' name='L1282'></a>.PP
<a id='L1283' name='L1283'></a>To get rid of long delays, Midnight Commander creates the tree
<a id='L1284' name='L1284'></a>figure by scanning only a small subset of all the directories. If the
<a id='L1285' name='L1285'></a>directory which you want to see is missing, move to its parent
<a id='L1286' name='L1286'></a>directory and press C\-r (or F2).
<a id='L1287' name='L1287'></a>.PP
<a id='L1288' name='L1288'></a>You can use the following keys:
<a id='L1289' name='L1289'></a>.TP
<a id='L1290' name='L1290'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1291' name='L1291'></a>General movement keys
<a id='L1292' name='L1292'></a>.\"General Movement Keys"
<a id='L1293' name='L1293'></a>are accepted.
<a id='L1294' name='L1294'></a>.TP
<a id='L1295' name='L1295'></a>.B Enter.
<a id='L1296' name='L1296'></a>In the directory tree, exits the directory tree and changes to this
<a id='L1297' name='L1297'></a>directory in the current panel. In the tree view, changes to this
<a id='L1298' name='L1298'></a>directory in the other panel and stays in tree view mode in the
<a id='L1299' name='L1299'></a>current panel.
<a id='L1300' name='L1300'></a>.TP
<a id='L1301' name='L1301'></a>.B C\-r, F2 (Rescan).
<a id='L1302' name='L1302'></a>Rescan this directory. Use this when the tree figure is out of date:
<a id='L1303' name='L1303'></a>it is missing subdirectories or shows some subdirectories which don't
<a id='L1304' name='L1304'></a>exist any more.
<a id='L1305' name='L1305'></a>.TP
<a id='L1306' name='L1306'></a>.B F3 (Forget).
<a id='L1307' name='L1307'></a>Delete this directory from the tree figure. Use this to remove clutter
<a id='L1308' name='L1308'></a>from the figure. If you want the directory back to the tree figure
<a id='L1309' name='L1309'></a>press F2 in its parent directory.
<a id='L1310' name='L1310'></a>.TP
<a id='L1311' name='L1311'></a>.B F4 (Static/Dynamic).
<a id='L1312' name='L1312'></a>Toggle between the dynamic navigation mode (default) and the static
<a id='L1313' name='L1313'></a>navigation mode.
<a id='L1314' name='L1314'></a>.PP
<a id='L1315' name='L1315'></a>In the static navigation mode you can use the Up and Down keys to
<a id='L1316' name='L1316'></a>select a directory. All known directories are shown.
<a id='L1317' name='L1317'></a>.PP
<a id='L1318' name='L1318'></a>In the dynamic navigation mode you can use the Up and Down keys to
<a id='L1319' name='L1319'></a>select a sibling directory, the Left key to move to the parent
<a id='L1320' name='L1320'></a>directory, and the Right key to move to a child directory. Only the
<a id='L1321' name='L1321'></a>parent, sibling and children directories are shown, others are left
<a id='L1322' name='L1322'></a>out. The tree figure changes dynamically as you traverse.
<a id='L1323' name='L1323'></a>.TP
<a id='L1324' name='L1324'></a>.B F5 (Copy).
<a id='L1325' name='L1325'></a>Copy the directory.
<a id='L1326' name='L1326'></a>.TP
<a id='L1327' name='L1327'></a>.B F6 (RenMov).
<a id='L1328' name='L1328'></a>Move the directory.
<a id='L1329' name='L1329'></a>.TP
<a id='L1330' name='L1330'></a>.B F7 (Mkdir).
<a id='L1331' name='L1331'></a>Make a new directory below this directory.
<a id='L1332' name='L1332'></a>.TP
<a id='L1333' name='L1333'></a>.B F8 (Delete).
<a id='L1334' name='L1334'></a>Delete this directory from the file system.
<a id='L1335' name='L1335'></a>.TP
<a id='L1336' name='L1336'></a>.B C\-s, Alt\-s.
<a id='L1337' name='L1337'></a>Search the next directory matching the search string. If there is
<a id='L1338' name='L1338'></a>no such directory these keys will move one line down.
<a id='L1339' name='L1339'></a>.TP
<a id='L1340' name='L1340'></a>.B C\-h, Backspace.
<a id='L1341' name='L1341'></a>Delete the last character of the search string.
<a id='L1342' name='L1342'></a>.TP
<a id='L1343' name='L1343'></a>.B Any other character.
<a id='L1344' name='L1344'></a>Add the character to the search string and move to the next directory
<a id='L1345' name='L1345'></a>which starts with these characters. In the tree view you must first
<a id='L1346' name='L1346'></a>activate the search mode by pressing C\-s. The search string is shown
<a id='L1347' name='L1347'></a>in the mini status line.
<a id='L1348' name='L1348'></a>.PP
<a id='L1349' name='L1349'></a>The following actions are available only in the directory tree. They
<a id='L1350' name='L1350'></a>aren't supported in the tree view.
<a id='L1351' name='L1351'></a>.TP
<a id='L1352' name='L1352'></a>.B F1 (Help).
<a id='L1353' name='L1353'></a>Invoke the help viewer and show this section.
<a id='L1354' name='L1354'></a>.TP
<a id='L1355' name='L1355'></a>.B Esc, F10.
<a id='L1356' name='L1356'></a>Exit the directory tree. Do not change the directory.
<a id='L1357' name='L1357'></a>.PP
<a id='L1358' name='L1358'></a>The mouse is supported. A double\-click behaves like Enter. See
<a id='L1359' name='L1359'></a>also the section on
<a id='L1360' name='L1360'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1361' name='L1361'></a>mouse support\&amp;.
<a id='L1362' name='L1362'></a>.\"Mouse Support"
<a id='L1363' name='L1363'></a>.\"NODE "    Find File"
<a id='L1364' name='L1364'></a>.SH "    Find File"
<a id='L1365' name='L1365'></a>The Find File feature first asks for the start directory for the
<a id='L1366' name='L1366'></a>search and the filename to be searched for. By pressing the Tree
<a id='L1367' name='L1367'></a>button you can select the start directory from the
<a id='L1368' name='L1368'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1369' name='L1369'></a>directory tree
<a id='L1370' name='L1370'></a>.\"Directory Tree"
<a id='L1371' name='L1371'></a>figure.
<a id='L1372' name='L1372'></a>.PP
<a id='L1373' name='L1373'></a>The "File name" input field contains a filename pattern to be searched
<a id='L1374' name='L1374'></a>for. It is interpreted as a shell pattern or as a regular expression
<a id='L1375' name='L1375'></a>depending on the state of the "Using shell patterns" checkbox. An empty
<a id='L1376' name='L1376'></a>value is valid and matches any file name.
<a id='L1377' name='L1377'></a>.PP
<a id='L1378' name='L1378'></a>The "Content" input field contains a string to search for within the
<a id='L1379' name='L1379'></a>files. Leave this field empty to disable searching file contents.
<a id='L1380' name='L1380'></a>.PP
<a id='L1381' name='L1381'></a>Option "Whole words" allows select only those files containing matches that
<a id='L1382' name='L1382'></a>form whole words. Like grep \-w.
<a id='L1383' name='L1383'></a>.PP
<a id='L1384' name='L1384'></a>You can start the search by pressing the OK button.
<a id='L1385' name='L1385'></a>During the search you can stop from the Stop button and continue from
<a id='L1386' name='L1386'></a>the Start button.
<a id='L1387' name='L1387'></a>.PP
<a id='L1388' name='L1388'></a>You can browse the filelist with the up and down arrow keys. The Chdir
<a id='L1389' name='L1389'></a>button will change to the directory of the currently selected
<a id='L1390' name='L1390'></a>file. The Again button will ask for the parameters for a new
<a id='L1391' name='L1391'></a>search. The Quit button quits the search operation. The Panelize
<a id='L1392' name='L1392'></a>button will place the found files to the current directory panel so
<a id='L1393' name='L1393'></a>that you can do additional operations on them (view, copy, move,
<a id='L1394' name='L1394'></a>delete and so on). To return to the normal file listing, change directory
<a id='L1395' name='L1395'></a>to "..".
<a id='L1396' name='L1396'></a>.PP
<a id='L1397' name='L1397'></a>The 'Enable ignore directories' checkbox and input field below it
<a id='L1398' name='L1398'></a>allow one to set up the list of directories that should be skip during the search
<a id='L1399' name='L1399'></a>files (for example, you may want to avoid searches on a CD\-ROM or on a NFS
<a id='L1400' name='L1400'></a>directory that is mounted across a slow link). List components must be separated
<a id='L1401' name='L1401'></a>with a colon, here is an example:
<a id='L1402' name='L1402'></a>.PP
<a id='L1403' name='L1403'></a>.nf
<a id='L1404' name='L1404'></a>/cdrom:/nfs/wuarchive:/afs
<a id='L1405' name='L1405'></a>.fi
<a id='L1406' name='L1406'></a>.PP
<a id='L1407' name='L1407'></a>Relative paths are supported also. The following example shows how to skip special
<a id='L1408' name='L1408'></a>directories of version control systems:
<a id='L1409' name='L1409'></a>.nf
<a id='L1410' name='L1410'></a>/cdrom:/nfs/wuarchive:/afs:.svn:.git:CVS
<a id='L1411' name='L1411'></a>.fi
<a id='L1412' name='L1412'></a>.PP
<a id='L1413' name='L1413'></a>Attention: input field can contain a dot (.), this means the current absolute path.
<a id='L1414' name='L1414'></a>.PP
<a id='L1415' name='L1415'></a>You may consider using the
<a id='L1416' name='L1416'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1417' name='L1417'></a>External panelize
<a id='L1418' name='L1418'></a>.\"External panelize"
<a id='L1419' name='L1419'></a>command for some operations. Find file command is for simple queries
<a id='L1420' name='L1420'></a>only, while using External panelize you can do as mysterious searches
<a id='L1421' name='L1421'></a>as you would like.
<a id='L1422' name='L1422'></a>.\"NODE "    External panelize"
<a id='L1423' name='L1423'></a>.SH "    External panelize"
<a id='L1424' name='L1424'></a>The External panelize allows you to execute an external program, and
<a id='L1425' name='L1425'></a>make the output of that program the contents of the current panel.
<a id='L1426' name='L1426'></a>.PP
<a id='L1427' name='L1427'></a>For example, if you want to manipulate in one of the panels all the
<a id='L1428' name='L1428'></a>symbolic links in the current directory, you can use external
<a id='L1429' name='L1429'></a>panelization to run the following command:
<a id='L1430' name='L1430'></a>.PP
<a id='L1431' name='L1431'></a>.nf
<a id='L1432' name='L1432'></a>find . \-type l \-print
<a id='L1433' name='L1433'></a>.fi
<a id='L1434' name='L1434'></a>.PP
<a id='L1435' name='L1435'></a>Upon command completion, the directory contents of the panel will no
<a id='L1436' name='L1436'></a>longer be the directory listing of the current directory, but all the
<a id='L1437' name='L1437'></a>files that are symbolic links.
<a id='L1438' name='L1438'></a>.PP
<a id='L1439' name='L1439'></a>If you want to panelize all of the files that have been downloaded
<a id='L1440' name='L1440'></a>from your FTP server, you can use this awk command to extract the file
<a id='L1441' name='L1441'></a>name from the transfer log files:
<a id='L1442' name='L1442'></a>.PP
<a id='L1443' name='L1443'></a>.nf
<a id='L1444' name='L1444'></a>awk '$9 ~! /incoming/ { print $9 }' &lt; /var/log/xferlog
<a id='L1445' name='L1445'></a>.fi
<a id='L1446' name='L1446'></a>.PP
<a id='L1447' name='L1447'></a>You may want to save often used panelize commands under a descriptive name,
<a id='L1448' name='L1448'></a>so that you can recall them quickly. You do this by typing the command on
<a id='L1449' name='L1449'></a>the input line and pressing Add new button. Then you enter a name under
<a id='L1450' name='L1450'></a>which you want the command to be saved. Next time, you just choose that
<a id='L1451' name='L1451'></a>command from the list and do not have to type it again.
<a id='L1452' name='L1452'></a>.\"NODE "    Hotlist"
<a id='L1453' name='L1453'></a>.SH "    Hotlist"
<a id='L1454' name='L1454'></a>The Directory hotlist command shows the labels of the directories
<a id='L1455' name='L1455'></a>in the directory hotlist. Midnight Commander will change to the
<a id='L1456' name='L1456'></a>directory corresponding to the selected label.  From the hotlist dialog,
<a id='L1457' name='L1457'></a>you can remove already created label/directory pairs and add new ones.
<a id='L1458' name='L1458'></a>To add new directories quickly, you can use the Add to hotlist command
<a id='L1459' name='L1459'></a>(C\-x h), which adds the current directory into the directory hotlist,
<a id='L1460' name='L1460'></a>asking just for the label for the directory.
<a id='L1461' name='L1461'></a>.PP
<a id='L1462' name='L1462'></a>This makes cd to often used directories faster. You may consider using the
<a id='L1463' name='L1463'></a>CDPATH variable as described in
<a id='L1464' name='L1464'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1465' name='L1465'></a>internal cd command
<a id='L1466' name='L1466'></a>.\"The cd internal command"
<a id='L1467' name='L1467'></a>description.
<a id='L1468' name='L1468'></a>.\"NODE "    Edit Extension File"
<a id='L1469' name='L1469'></a>.SH "    Edit Extension File"
<a id='L1470' name='L1470'></a>This will invoke your editor on the file
<a id='L1471' name='L1471'></a>.IR ~/.config/mc/mc.ext .
<a id='L1472' name='L1472'></a>The format of this file following:
<a id='L1473' name='L1473'></a>.PP
<a id='L1474' name='L1474'></a>All lines starting with # or empty lines are thrown away.
<a id='L1475' name='L1475'></a>.PP
<a id='L1476' name='L1476'></a>Lines starting in the first column should have following format:
<a id='L1477' name='L1477'></a>.PP
<a id='L1478' name='L1478'></a>.IR keyword/expr ,
<a id='L1479' name='L1479'></a>i.e. everything after the slash until new line is
<a id='L1480' name='L1480'></a>.IR expr .
<a id='L1481' name='L1481'></a>.PP
<a id='L1482' name='L1482'></a>.I keyword
<a id='L1483' name='L1483'></a>can be:
<a id='L1484' name='L1484'></a>.TP
<a id='L1485' name='L1485'></a>.I shell
<a id='L1486' name='L1486'></a>\-
<a id='L1487' name='L1487'></a>.I expr
<a id='L1488' name='L1488'></a>is an extension (no wildcards).  File matches it its name ends
<a id='L1489' name='L1489'></a>with
<a id='L1490' name='L1490'></a>.IR expr .
<a id='L1491' name='L1491'></a>Example:
<a id='L1492' name='L1492'></a>.I shell/.tar
<a id='L1493' name='L1493'></a>matches
<a id='L1494' name='L1494'></a>.IR *.tar .
<a id='L1495' name='L1495'></a>.TP
<a id='L1496' name='L1496'></a>.I regex
<a id='L1497' name='L1497'></a>\-
<a id='L1498' name='L1498'></a>.I expr
<a id='L1499' name='L1499'></a>is a regular expression.  File matches if its name matches the regular
<a id='L1500' name='L1500'></a>expression.
<a id='L1501' name='L1501'></a>.TP
<a id='L1502' name='L1502'></a>.I directory
<a id='L1503' name='L1503'></a>\-
<a id='L1504' name='L1504'></a>.I expr
<a id='L1505' name='L1505'></a>is a regular expression.  File matches if it is a directory and its name
<a id='L1506' name='L1506'></a>matches the regular expression.
<a id='L1507' name='L1507'></a>.TP
<a id='L1508' name='L1508'></a>.I type
<a id='L1509' name='L1509'></a>\-
<a id='L1510' name='L1510'></a>.I expr
<a id='L1511' name='L1511'></a>is a regular expression.  File matches if the output of
<a id='L1512' name='L1512'></a>.I file %f
<a id='L1513' name='L1513'></a>without the initial "filename:" part matches regular expression
<a id='L1514' name='L1514'></a>.IR expr .
<a id='L1515' name='L1515'></a>.TP
<a id='L1516' name='L1516'></a>.I default
<a id='L1517' name='L1517'></a>\- matches any file.
<a id='L1518' name='L1518'></a>.I expr
<a id='L1519' name='L1519'></a>is ignored.
<a id='L1520' name='L1520'></a>.TP
<a id='L1521' name='L1521'></a>.I include
<a id='L1522' name='L1522'></a>\- denotes a common section.
<a id='L1523' name='L1523'></a>.I expr
<a id='L1524' name='L1524'></a>is the name of the section.
<a id='L1525' name='L1525'></a>.PP
<a id='L1526' name='L1526'></a>Other lines should start with a space or tab and should be of the format:
<a id='L1527' name='L1527'></a>.I keyword=command
<a id='L1528' name='L1528'></a>(with no spaces around =), where
<a id='L1529' name='L1529'></a>.I keyword
<a id='L1530' name='L1530'></a>should be:
<a id='L1531' name='L1531'></a>.I Open
<a id='L1532' name='L1532'></a>(invoked on Enter or double click),
<a id='L1533' name='L1533'></a>.I View
<a id='L1534' name='L1534'></a>(F3),
<a id='L1535' name='L1535'></a>.I Edit
<a id='L1536' name='L1536'></a>(F4) or
<a id='L1537' name='L1537'></a>.I Include
<a id='L1538' name='L1538'></a>(to add rules from the common section).
<a id='L1539' name='L1539'></a>.I command
<a id='L1540' name='L1540'></a>is any one\-line shell command, with the simple
<a id='L1541' name='L1541'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1542' name='L1542'></a>macro substitution\&amp;.
<a id='L1543' name='L1543'></a>.\"Macro Substitution"
<a id='L1544' name='L1544'></a>.PP
<a id='L1545' name='L1545'></a>Rules are matched from top to bottom, thus the order is important.  If
<a id='L1546' name='L1546'></a>the appropriate action is missing, search continues as if this rule
<a id='L1547' name='L1547'></a>didn't match (i.e. if a file matches the first and second entry and View
<a id='L1548' name='L1548'></a>action is missing in the first one, then on pressing F3 the View action
<a id='L1549' name='L1549'></a>from the second entry will be used).
<a id='L1550' name='L1550'></a>.I default
<a id='L1551' name='L1551'></a>should match all the actions.
<a id='L1552' name='L1552'></a>.\"NODE "    Background jobs"
<a id='L1553' name='L1553'></a>.SH "    Background Jobs"
<a id='L1554' name='L1554'></a>This lets you control the state of any background Midnight Commander
<a id='L1555' name='L1555'></a>process (only copy and move files operations can be done in the
<a id='L1556' name='L1556'></a>background).  You can stop, restart and kill a background job from
<a id='L1557' name='L1557'></a>here.
<a id='L1558' name='L1558'></a>.\"NODE "    Edit Menu File"
<a id='L1559' name='L1559'></a>.SH "    Edit Menu File"
<a id='L1560' name='L1560'></a>The user menu is a menu of useful actions that can be customized by
<a id='L1561' name='L1561'></a>the user. When you access the user menu, the
<a id='L1562' name='L1562'></a>file .mc.menu from the current directory is used if it exists,
<a id='L1563' name='L1563'></a>but only if it is owned by user or root and is not world\-writable.
<a id='L1564' name='L1564'></a>If no such file found, ~/.config/mc/menu is tried in the same way,
<a id='L1565' name='L1565'></a>and otherwise mc uses the default system\-wide menu
<a id='L1566' name='L1566'></a>%prefix%/share/mc/mc.menu.
<a id='L1567' name='L1567'></a>.PP
<a id='L1568' name='L1568'></a>The format of the menu file is very simple. Lines that start with
<a id='L1569' name='L1569'></a>anything but space or tab are considered entries for the menu (in
<a id='L1570' name='L1570'></a>order to be able to use it like a hot key, the first character should
<a id='L1571' name='L1571'></a>be a letter). All the lines that start with a space or a tab are the
<a id='L1572' name='L1572'></a>commands that will be executed when the entry is selected.
<a id='L1573' name='L1573'></a>.PP
<a id='L1574' name='L1574'></a>When an option is selected all the command lines of the option are
<a id='L1575' name='L1575'></a>copied to a temporary file in the temporary directory (usually
<a id='L1576' name='L1576'></a>/usr/tmp) and then that file is executed. This allows the user to put
<a id='L1577' name='L1577'></a>normal shell constructs in the menus. Also simple macro substitution
<a id='L1578' name='L1578'></a>takes place before executing the menu code. For more information, see
<a id='L1579' name='L1579'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1580' name='L1580'></a>macro substitution\&amp;.
<a id='L1581' name='L1581'></a>.\"Macro Substitution"
<a id='L1582' name='L1582'></a>.PP
<a id='L1583' name='L1583'></a>Here is a sample mc.menu file:
<a id='L1584' name='L1584'></a>.PP
<a id='L1585' name='L1585'></a>.nf
<a id='L1586' name='L1586'></a>A       Dump the currently selected file
<a id='L1587' name='L1587'></a>        od \-c %f
<a id='L1588' name='L1588'></a> 
<a id='L1589' name='L1589'></a>B       Edit a bug report and send it to root
<a id='L1590' name='L1590'></a>        I=`mktemp ${MC_TMPDIR:\-/tmp}/mail.XXXXXX` || exit 1
<a id='L1591' name='L1591'></a>        vi $I
<a id='L1592' name='L1592'></a>        mail \-s "Midnight Commander bug" root &lt; $I
<a id='L1593' name='L1593'></a>        rm \-f $I
<a id='L1594' name='L1594'></a> 
<a id='L1595' name='L1595'></a>M       Read mail
<a id='L1596' name='L1596'></a>        emacs \-f rmail
<a id='L1597' name='L1597'></a> 
<a id='L1598' name='L1598'></a>N       Read Usenet news
<a id='L1599' name='L1599'></a>        emacs \-f gnus
<a id='L1600' name='L1600'></a> 
<a id='L1601' name='L1601'></a>H       Call the info hypertext browser
<a id='L1602' name='L1602'></a>        info
<a id='L1603' name='L1603'></a> 
<a id='L1604' name='L1604'></a>J       Copy current directory to other panel recursively
<a id='L1605' name='L1605'></a>        tar cf \- . | (cd %D &amp;&amp; tar xvpf \-)
<a id='L1606' name='L1606'></a> 
<a id='L1607' name='L1607'></a>K       Make a release of the current subdirectory
<a id='L1608' name='L1608'></a>        echo \-n "Name of distribution file: "
<a id='L1609' name='L1609'></a>        read tar
<a id='L1610' name='L1610'></a>        ln \-s %d `dirname %d`/$tar
<a id='L1611' name='L1611'></a>        cd ..
<a id='L1612' name='L1612'></a>        tar cvhf ${tar}.tar $tar
<a id='L1613' name='L1613'></a> 
<a id='L1614' name='L1614'></a>= f *.tar.gz | f *.tgz &amp; t n
<a id='L1615' name='L1615'></a>X       Extract the contents of a compressed tar file
<a id='L1616' name='L1616'></a>        tar xzvf %f
<a id='L1617' name='L1617'></a>.fi
<a id='L1618' name='L1618'></a>.PP
<a id='L1619' name='L1619'></a>.B Default Conditions
<a id='L1620' name='L1620'></a>.PP
<a id='L1621' name='L1621'></a>Each menu entry may be preceded by a condition. The condition must
<a id='L1622' name='L1622'></a>start from the first column with a '=' character. If the condition is
<a id='L1623' name='L1623'></a>true, the menu entry will be the default entry.
<a id='L1624' name='L1624'></a>.PP
<a id='L1625' name='L1625'></a>.nf
<a id='L1626' name='L1626'></a>Condition syntax:       = &lt;sub\-cond&gt;
<a id='L1627' name='L1627'></a>  or:                   = &lt;sub\-cond&gt; | &lt;sub\-cond&gt; ...
<a id='L1628' name='L1628'></a>  or:                   = &lt;sub\-cond&gt; &amp; &lt;sub\-cond&gt; ...
<a id='L1629' name='L1629'></a> 
<a id='L1630' name='L1630'></a>Sub\-condition is one of following:
<a id='L1631' name='L1631'></a> 
<a id='L1632' name='L1632'></a>  y &lt;pattern&gt;           syntax of current file matching pattern?
<a id='L1633' name='L1633'></a>                        (for edit menu only)
<a id='L1634' name='L1634'></a>  f &lt;pattern&gt;           current file matching pattern?
<a id='L1635' name='L1635'></a>  F &lt;pattern&gt;           other file matching pattern?
<a id='L1636' name='L1636'></a>  d &lt;pattern&gt;           current directory matching pattern?
<a id='L1637' name='L1637'></a>  D &lt;pattern&gt;           other directory matching pattern?
<a id='L1638' name='L1638'></a>  t &lt;type&gt;              current file of type?
<a id='L1639' name='L1639'></a>  T &lt;type&gt;              other file of type?
<a id='L1640' name='L1640'></a>  x &lt;filename&gt;          is it executable filename?
<a id='L1641' name='L1641'></a>  ! &lt;sub\-cond&gt;         negate the result of sub\-condition
<a id='L1642' name='L1642'></a>.fi
<a id='L1643' name='L1643'></a>.PP
<a id='L1644' name='L1644'></a>Pattern is a normal shell pattern or a regular expression, according
<a id='L1645' name='L1645'></a>to the shell patterns option. You can override the global value of
<a id='L1646' name='L1646'></a>the shell patterns option by writing "shell_patterns=x" on the first
<a id='L1647' name='L1647'></a>line of the menu file (where "x" is either 0 or 1).
<a id='L1648' name='L1648'></a>.PP
<a id='L1649' name='L1649'></a>Type is one or more of the following characters:
<a id='L1650' name='L1650'></a>.PP
<a id='L1651' name='L1651'></a>.nf
<a id='L1652' name='L1652'></a>  n     not a directory
<a id='L1653' name='L1653'></a>  r     regular file
<a id='L1654' name='L1654'></a>  d     directory
<a id='L1655' name='L1655'></a>  l     link
<a id='L1656' name='L1656'></a>  c     character device
<a id='L1657' name='L1657'></a>  b     block device
<a id='L1658' name='L1658'></a>  f     FIFO (pipe)
<a id='L1659' name='L1659'></a>  s     socket
<a id='L1660' name='L1660'></a>  x     executable file
<a id='L1661' name='L1661'></a>  t     tagged
<a id='L1662' name='L1662'></a>.fi
<a id='L1663' name='L1663'></a>.PP
<a id='L1664' name='L1664'></a>For example 'rlf' means either regular file, link or fifo. The 't'
<a id='L1665' name='L1665'></a>type is a little special because it acts on the panel instead of the
<a id='L1666' name='L1666'></a>file. The condition '=t t' is true if there are tagged files in the
<a id='L1667' name='L1667'></a>current panel and false if not.
<a id='L1668' name='L1668'></a>.PP
<a id='L1669' name='L1669'></a>If the condition starts with '=?' instead of '=' a debug trace will be
<a id='L1670' name='L1670'></a>shown whenever the value of the condition is calculated.
<a id='L1671' name='L1671'></a>.PP
<a id='L1672' name='L1672'></a>The conditions are calculated from left to right. This means
<a id='L1673' name='L1673'></a>.nf
<a id='L1674' name='L1674'></a>        = f *.tar.gz | f *.tgz &amp; t n
<a id='L1675' name='L1675'></a>.fi
<a id='L1676' name='L1676'></a>is calculated as
<a id='L1677' name='L1677'></a>.nf
<a id='L1678' name='L1678'></a>        ( (f *.tar.gz) | (f *.tgz) ) &amp; (t n)
<a id='L1679' name='L1679'></a>.fi
<a id='L1680' name='L1680'></a>.PP
<a id='L1681' name='L1681'></a>Here is a sample of the use of conditions:
<a id='L1682' name='L1682'></a>.PP
<a id='L1683' name='L1683'></a>.nf
<a id='L1684' name='L1684'></a>= f *.tar.gz | f *.tgz &amp; t n
<a id='L1685' name='L1685'></a>L       List the contents of a compressed tar\-archive
<a id='L1686' name='L1686'></a>        gzip \-cd %f | tar xvf \-
<a id='L1687' name='L1687'></a>.fi
<a id='L1688' name='L1688'></a>.PP
<a id='L1689' name='L1689'></a>.B Addition Conditions
<a id='L1690' name='L1690'></a>.PP
<a id='L1691' name='L1691'></a>If the condition begins with '+' (or '+?') instead of '=' (or '=?') it
<a id='L1692' name='L1692'></a>is an addition condition. If the condition is true the menu entry will
<a id='L1693' name='L1693'></a>be included in the menu. If the condition is false the menu entry will
<a id='L1694' name='L1694'></a>not be included in the menu.
<a id='L1695' name='L1695'></a>.PP
<a id='L1696' name='L1696'></a>You can combine default and addition conditions by starting condition
<a id='L1697' name='L1697'></a>with '+=' or '=+' (or '+=?' or '=+?' if you want debug trace). If you
<a id='L1698' name='L1698'></a>want to use two different conditions, one for adding and another for
<a id='L1699' name='L1699'></a>defaulting, you can precede a menu entry with two condition lines, one
<a id='L1700' name='L1700'></a>starting with '+' and another starting with '='.
<a id='L1701' name='L1701'></a>.PP
<a id='L1702' name='L1702'></a>Comments are started with '#'. The additional comment lines must start
<a id='L1703' name='L1703'></a>with '#', space or tab.
<a id='L1704' name='L1704'></a>.\"NODE "  Options Menu"
<a id='L1705' name='L1705'></a>.SH "  Options Menu"
<a id='L1706' name='L1706'></a>Midnight Commander has some options that may be toggled on and
<a id='L1707' name='L1707'></a>off in several dialogs which are accessible from this menu. Options
<a id='L1708' name='L1708'></a>are enabled if they have an asterisk or "x" in front of them.
<a id='L1709' name='L1709'></a>.PP
<a id='L1710' name='L1710'></a>The
<a id='L1711' name='L1711'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1712' name='L1712'></a>Configuration
<a id='L1713' name='L1713'></a>.\"Configuration"
<a id='L1714' name='L1714'></a>command pops up a dialog from which you can change most of settings of
<a id='L1715' name='L1715'></a>Midnight Commander.
<a id='L1716' name='L1716'></a>.PP
<a id='L1717' name='L1717'></a>The
<a id='L1718' name='L1718'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1719' name='L1719'></a>Layout
<a id='L1720' name='L1720'></a>.\"Layout"
<a id='L1721' name='L1721'></a>command pops up a dialog from which you specify a bunch of options how mc
<a id='L1722' name='L1722'></a>looks like on the screen.
<a id='L1723' name='L1723'></a>.PP
<a id='L1724' name='L1724'></a>The
<a id='L1725' name='L1725'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1726' name='L1726'></a>Panel options
<a id='L1727' name='L1727'></a>.\"Panel options"
<a id='L1728' name='L1728'></a>command pops up a dialog from which you specify options of file manager panels.
<a id='L1729' name='L1729'></a>.PP
<a id='L1730' name='L1730'></a>The
<a id='L1731' name='L1731'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1732' name='L1732'></a>Confirmation
<a id='L1733' name='L1733'></a>.\"Confirmation"
<a id='L1734' name='L1734'></a>command pops up a dialog from which you specify which actions you want to
<a id='L1735' name='L1735'></a>confirm.
<a id='L1736' name='L1736'></a>.PP
<a id='L1737' name='L1737'></a>The
<a id='L1738' name='L1738'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1739' name='L1739'></a>Appearance
<a id='L1740' name='L1740'></a>.\"Appearance"
<a id='L1741' name='L1741'></a>command pops up a dialog from which you specify the skin.
<a id='L1742' name='L1742'></a>.PP
<a id='L1743' name='L1743'></a>The
<a id='L1744' name='L1744'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1745' name='L1745'></a>Display bits
<a id='L1746' name='L1746'></a>.\"Display bits"
<a id='L1747' name='L1747'></a>command pops up a dialog from which you may select which characters is your
<a id='L1748' name='L1748'></a>terminal able to display.
<a id='L1749' name='L1749'></a>.PP
<a id='L1750' name='L1750'></a>The
<a id='L1751' name='L1751'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1752' name='L1752'></a>Learn keys
<a id='L1753' name='L1753'></a>.\"Learn keys"
<a id='L1754' name='L1754'></a>command pops up a dialog from which you test some keys which are not working
<a id='L1755' name='L1755'></a>on some terminals and you may fix them.
<a id='L1756' name='L1756'></a>.PP
<a id='L1757' name='L1757'></a>The
<a id='L1758' name='L1758'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1759' name='L1759'></a>Virtual FS
<a id='L1760' name='L1760'></a>.\"Virtual FS"
<a id='L1761' name='L1761'></a>command pops up a dialog from which you specify some VFS related options.
<a id='L1762' name='L1762'></a>.PP
<a id='L1763' name='L1763'></a>The
<a id='L1764' name='L1764'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1765' name='L1765'></a>Save setup
<a id='L1766' name='L1766'></a>.\"Save Setup"
<a id='L1767' name='L1767'></a>command saves the current settings of the Left, Right and Options
<a id='L1768' name='L1768'></a>menus. A small number of other settings is saved, too.
<a id='L1769' name='L1769'></a>.\"NODE "    Configuration"
<a id='L1770' name='L1770'></a>.SH "    Configuration"
<a id='L1771' name='L1771'></a>The options in this dialog are divided into several groups: "File
<a id='L1772' name='L1772'></a>operation options", "Esc key mode", "Pause after run" and "Other options".
<a id='L1773' name='L1773'></a>.PP
<a id='L1774' name='L1774'></a>.B File operation options
<a id='L1775' name='L1775'></a>.PP
<a id='L1776' name='L1776'></a>.I Verbose operation.
<a id='L1777' name='L1777'></a>This toggles whether the file Copy, Rename and Delete operations are
<a id='L1778' name='L1778'></a>verbose (i.e., display a dialog box for each operation). If you have a
<a id='L1779' name='L1779'></a>slow terminal, you may wish to disable the verbose operation. It is
<a id='L1780' name='L1780'></a>automatically turned off if the speed of your terminal is less than
<a id='L1781' name='L1781'></a>9600 bps.
<a id='L1782' name='L1782'></a>.PP
<a id='L1783' name='L1783'></a>.I Compute totals.
<a id='L1784' name='L1784'></a>If this option is enabled, Midnight Commander computes total byte
<a id='L1785' name='L1785'></a>sizes and total number of files prior to any Copy, Rename and Delete
<a id='L1786' name='L1786'></a>operations. This will provide you with a more accurate progress bar
<a id='L1787' name='L1787'></a>at the expense of some speed. This option has no effect, if
<a id='L1788' name='L1788'></a>.I Verbose  operation
<a id='L1789' name='L1789'></a>is disabled.
<a id='L1790' name='L1790'></a>.PP
<a id='L1791' name='L1791'></a>.I Classic progressbar.
<a id='L1792' name='L1792'></a>If this option is enabled, the progressbar of Copy/Move/Delete operations
<a id='L1793' name='L1793'></a>is always grown form left to right. If disabled, the growing direction
<a id='L1794' name='L1794'></a>of progressbar follows to direction of Copy/Move/Delete operation:
<a id='L1795' name='L1795'></a>from left panel to right one and vice versa. Enabled by default.
<a id='L1796' name='L1796'></a>.PP
<a id='L1797' name='L1797'></a>.I Mkdir autoname.
<a id='L1798' name='L1798'></a>When you press F7 to create a new directory, the input line in popup dialog
<a id='L1799' name='L1799'></a>will be filled by name of current file or directory in active panel.
<a id='L1800' name='L1800'></a>Disabled by default.
<a id='L1801' name='L1801'></a>.PP
<a id='L1802' name='L1802'></a>.I Preallocate space.
<a id='L1803' name='L1803'></a>Preallocate space for whole target file, if possible, before copy operation.
<a id='L1804' name='L1804'></a>Disabled by default.
<a id='L1805' name='L1805'></a>.PP
<a id='L1806' name='L1806'></a>.B Esc key mode.
<a id='L1807' name='L1807'></a>.PP
<a id='L1808' name='L1808'></a>By default, Midnight Commander treats the Esc key as a key prefix.
<a id='L1809' name='L1809'></a>Therefore, you should press Esc code twice to exit a dialog. But there is
<a id='L1810' name='L1810'></a>a possibility to use a single press of Esc key for that action.
<a id='L1811' name='L1811'></a>.PP
<a id='L1812' name='L1812'></a>.I Single press.
<a id='L1813' name='L1813'></a>By default this option is disabled. If you'll enable it, the Esc key
<a id='L1814' name='L1814'></a>will act as a prefix key for set up time interval (see
<a id='L1815' name='L1815'></a>.I Timeout
<a id='L1816' name='L1816'></a>option below), and if no extra keys have arrived, then the Esc key
<a id='L1817' name='L1817'></a>is interpreted as a cancel key (Esc Esc).
<a id='L1818' name='L1818'></a>.PP
<a id='L1819' name='L1819'></a>.I Timeout.
<a id='L1820' name='L1820'></a>This options is used to setup the time interval (in microseconds)
<a id='L1821' name='L1821'></a>for single press of Esc key. By default, this interval is one second
<a id='L1822' name='L1822'></a>(1000000 microseconds). Also the timeout can be set via KEYBOARD_KEY_TIMEOUT_US
<a id='L1823' name='L1823'></a>environment variable (also in microseconds), which has higher priority
<a id='L1824' name='L1824'></a>than Timeout option value.
<a id='L1825' name='L1825'></a>.PP
<a id='L1826' name='L1826'></a>.B Pause after run
<a id='L1827' name='L1827'></a>.PP
<a id='L1828' name='L1828'></a>After executing your commands, Midnight Commander can pause, so
<a id='L1829' name='L1829'></a>that you can examine the output of the command.  There are three
<a id='L1830' name='L1830'></a>possible settings for this variable:
<a id='L1831' name='L1831'></a>.PP
<a id='L1832' name='L1832'></a>.I Never.
<a id='L1833' name='L1833'></a>Means that you do not want to see the output of your command.  If you
<a id='L1834' name='L1834'></a>are using the Linux or FreeBSD console or an xterm, you will be able to
<a id='L1835' name='L1835'></a>see the output of the command by typing C\-o.
<a id='L1836' name='L1836'></a>.PP
<a id='L1837' name='L1837'></a>.I On dumb terminals.
<a id='L1838' name='L1838'></a>You will get the pause message on terminals that are not capable of
<a id='L1839' name='L1839'></a>showing the output of the last command executed (any terminal that is
<a id='L1840' name='L1840'></a>not an xterm or the Linux console).
<a id='L1841' name='L1841'></a>.PP
<a id='L1842' name='L1842'></a>.I Always.
<a id='L1843' name='L1843'></a>The program will pause after executing all of your commands.
<a id='L1844' name='L1844'></a>.PP
<a id='L1845' name='L1845'></a>.B Other options
<a id='L1846' name='L1846'></a>.PP
<a id='L1847' name='L1847'></a>.I Use internal editor.
<a id='L1848' name='L1848'></a>If this option is enabled, the built\-in file editor is used to edit
<a id='L1849' name='L1849'></a>files. If the option is disabled, the editor specified in the
<a id='L1850' name='L1850'></a>.B EDITOR
<a id='L1851' name='L1851'></a>environment variable is used.
<a id='L1852' name='L1852'></a>If no editor is specified,
<a id='L1853' name='L1853'></a>.B vi
<a id='L1854' name='L1854'></a>is used.  See the section on the
<a id='L1855' name='L1855'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1856' name='L1856'></a>internal file editor\&amp;.
<a id='L1857' name='L1857'></a>.\"Internal File Editor"
<a id='L1858' name='L1858'></a>.PP
<a id='L1859' name='L1859'></a>.I Use internal viewer.
<a id='L1860' name='L1860'></a>If this option is enabled, the built\-in file viewer is used to view
<a id='L1861' name='L1861'></a>files. If the option is disabled, the pager specified in the
<a id='L1862' name='L1862'></a>.B PAGER
<a id='L1863' name='L1863'></a>environment variable is used.
<a id='L1864' name='L1864'></a>If no pager is specified, the
<a id='L1865' name='L1865'></a>.B view
<a id='L1866' name='L1866'></a>command is used.  See the section on the
<a id='L1867' name='L1867'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1868' name='L1868'></a>internal file viewer\&amp;.
<a id='L1869' name='L1869'></a>.\"Internal File Viewer"
<a id='L1870' name='L1870'></a>.PP
<a id='L1871' name='L1871'></a>.I Ask new file name.
<a id='L1872' name='L1872'></a>If this option is enabled, file name is asked before open new file in editor.
<a id='L1873' name='L1873'></a>.PP
<a id='L1874' name='L1874'></a>.I Auto menus.
<a id='L1875' name='L1875'></a>If this option is enabled, the user menu will be invoked at startup.
<a id='L1876' name='L1876'></a>Useful for building menus for non\-unixers.
<a id='L1877' name='L1877'></a>.PP
<a id='L1878' name='L1878'></a>.I Drop down menus.
<a id='L1879' name='L1879'></a>When this option is enabled, the pull down menus will be activated as
<a id='L1880' name='L1880'></a>soon as you press the F9 key. Otherwise, you will only get the menu title,
<a id='L1881' name='L1881'></a>and you will have to activate the menu either with the arrow keys or with
<a id='L1882' name='L1882'></a>the hotkeys. It is recommended if you are using hotkeys.
<a id='L1883' name='L1883'></a>.PP
<a id='L1884' name='L1884'></a>.I Shell Patterns.
<a id='L1885' name='L1885'></a>By default the Select, Unselect and Filter commands will use shell\-like
<a id='L1886' name='L1886'></a>regular expressions. The following conversions are performed to achieve
<a id='L1887' name='L1887'></a>this: the '*' is replaced by '.*' (zero or more characters); the '?'
<a id='L1888' name='L1888'></a>is replaced by '.' (exactly one character) and '.' by the literal
<a id='L1889' name='L1889'></a>dot. If the option is disabled, then the regular expressions are the
<a id='L1890' name='L1890'></a>ones described in ed(1).
<a id='L1891' name='L1891'></a>.PP
<a id='L1892' name='L1892'></a>.I Complete: show all.
<a id='L1893' name='L1893'></a>By default, Midnight Commander pops up all possible
<a id='L1894' name='L1894'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L1895' name='L1895'></a>completions
<a id='L1896' name='L1896'></a>.\"Completion"
<a id='L1897' name='L1897'></a>if the completion is ambiguous only when you press
<a id='L1898' name='L1898'></a>.B Alt\-Tab
<a id='L1899' name='L1899'></a>for the second time.  For the first time, it just completes as much as
<a id='L1900' name='L1900'></a>possible and beeps in the case of ambiguity.  Enable this option if you
<a id='L1901' name='L1901'></a>want to see all possible completions even after pressing
<a id='L1902' name='L1902'></a>.B Alt\-Tab
<a id='L1903' name='L1903'></a>the first time.
<a id='L1904' name='L1904'></a>.PP
<a id='L1905' name='L1905'></a>.I Rotating dash.
<a id='L1906' name='L1906'></a>If this option is enabled, the
<a id='L1907' name='L1907'></a>Midnight Commander shows a rotating dash in the upper right corner
<a id='L1908' name='L1908'></a>as a work in progress indicator.
<a id='L1909' name='L1909'></a>.PP
<a id='L1910' name='L1910'></a>.I Cd follows links.
<a id='L1911' name='L1911'></a>This option, if set, causes Midnight Commander to follow the
<a id='L1912' name='L1912'></a>logical chain of directories when changing current directory
<a id='L1913' name='L1913'></a>either in the panels, or using the cd command. This is the default
<a id='L1914' name='L1914'></a>behavior of bash. When unset, Midnight Commander follows the
<a id='L1915' name='L1915'></a>real directory structure, so cd .. if you've entered that directory
<a id='L1916' name='L1916'></a>through a link will move you to the current directory's real parent
<a id='L1917' name='L1917'></a>and not to the directory where the link was present.
<a id='L1918' name='L1918'></a>.PP
<a id='L1919' name='L1919'></a>.I Safe delete.
<a id='L1920' name='L1920'></a>If this option is enabled, deleting files and directory hotlist entries
<a id='L1921' name='L1921'></a>unintentionally becomes more difficult.  The default selection in the
<a id='L1922' name='L1922'></a>confirmation dialogs for deletion changes from
<a id='L1923' name='L1923'></a>.B Yes
<a id='L1924' name='L1924'></a>to
<a id='L1925' name='L1925'></a>.BR No .
<a id='L1926' name='L1926'></a>This option is disabled by default.
<a id='L1927' name='L1927'></a>.PP
<a id='L1928' name='L1928'></a>.I Safe overwrite.
<a id='L1929' name='L1929'></a>If this option is enabled, overwriting files unintentionally becomes
<a id='L1930' name='L1930'></a>more difficult.  The default selection in the overwrite confirmation dialog
<a id='L1931' name='L1931'></a>changes from
<a id='L1932' name='L1932'></a>.B Yes
<a id='L1933' name='L1933'></a>to
<a id='L1934' name='L1934'></a>.BR No .
<a id='L1935' name='L1935'></a>This option is disabled by default.
<a id='L1936' name='L1936'></a>.PP
<a id='L1937' name='L1937'></a>.I Auto save setup.
<a id='L1938' name='L1938'></a>If this option is enabled, when you exit Midnight Commander, the
<a id='L1939' name='L1939'></a>configurable options of Midnight Commander are saved in the
<a id='L1940' name='L1940'></a>~/.config/mc/ini file.
<a id='L1941' name='L1941'></a>.\"NODE "    Layout"
<a id='L1942' name='L1942'></a>.SH "    Layout"
<a id='L1943' name='L1943'></a>The layout dialog gives you a possibility to change the general layout
<a id='L1944' name='L1944'></a>of screen. The options in this dialog are divided into several groups:
<a id='L1945' name='L1945'></a>"Panel split", "Console output" and "Other options".
<a id='L1946' name='L1946'></a>.PP
<a id='L1947' name='L1947'></a>.B Panel split
<a id='L1948' name='L1948'></a>.PP
<a id='L1949' name='L1949'></a>The rest of the screen area is used for the two directory panels. You
<a id='L1950' name='L1950'></a>can specify whether the area is split to the panels in
<a id='L1951' name='L1951'></a>.I Vertical
<a id='L1952' name='L1952'></a>or
<a id='L1953' name='L1953'></a>.I Horizontal
<a id='L1954' name='L1954'></a>direction. Panel layout can be changed using Alt\-, (Alt\-comma) shortcut.
<a id='L1955' name='L1955'></a>.PP
<a id='L1956' name='L1956'></a>.I Equal split.
<a id='L1957' name='L1957'></a>By default, panels have equal sizes. Using this option you can specify
<a id='L1958' name='L1958'></a>an unequal split.
<a id='L1959' name='L1959'></a>.PP
<a id='L1960' name='L1960'></a>.B Console output
<a id='L1961' name='L1961'></a>.PP
<a id='L1962' name='L1962'></a>On the Linux or FreeBSD console you can specify how many lines are shown
<a id='L1963' name='L1963'></a>in the output window. This option is available if Midnight Commander runs
<a id='L1964' name='L1964'></a>on native console only.
<a id='L1965' name='L1965'></a>.PP
<a id='L1966' name='L1966'></a>.B Other options
<a id='L1967' name='L1967'></a>.PP
<a id='L1968' name='L1968'></a>.I Menu bar visible.
<a id='L1969' name='L1969'></a>If enabled, main menu of Midnight Commander is always visible on the top row
<a id='L1970' name='L1970'></a>of screen above panels. Enabled by default.
<a id='L1971' name='L1971'></a>.PP
<a id='L1972' name='L1972'></a>.I Command prompt.
<a id='L1973' name='L1973'></a>If enabled, command line is available. Enabled by default.
<a id='L1974' name='L1974'></a>.PP
<a id='L1975' name='L1975'></a>.I Keybar visible.
<a id='L1976' name='L1976'></a>If enabled, 10 labels associated with F1\-F10 keys are located at the bottom
<a id='L1977' name='L1977'></a>row of screen. Enabled by default.
<a id='L1978' name='L1978'></a>.PP
<a id='L1979' name='L1979'></a>.I Hintbar visible.
<a id='L1980' name='L1980'></a>If enabled, the one\-line hints are visible below panels. Enabled by default.
<a id='L1981' name='L1981'></a>.PP
<a id='L1982' name='L1982'></a>.I XTerm window title.
<a id='L1983' name='L1983'></a>When run in a terminal emulator for X11, Midnight Commander sets the
<a id='L1984' name='L1984'></a>terminal window title to the current working directory and updates it
<a id='L1985' name='L1985'></a>when necessary.  If your terminal emulator is broken and you see some
<a id='L1986' name='L1986'></a>incorrect output on startup and directory change, turn off this option.
<a id='L1987' name='L1987'></a>Enabled by default.
<a id='L1988' name='L1988'></a>.PP
<a id='L1989' name='L1989'></a>.I Show free space.
<a id='L1990' name='L1990'></a>If enabled, free space and total space of current file system is shown
<a id='L1991' name='L1991'></a>at the bottom frame of panel. Enabled by default.
<a id='L1992' name='L1992'></a>.\"NODE "    Panel options"
<a id='L1993' name='L1993'></a>.SH "    Panel options"
<a id='L1994' name='L1994'></a>.B Main panel options
<a id='L1995' name='L1995'></a>.PP
<a id='L1996' name='L1996'></a>.I Show mini\-status.
<a id='L1997' name='L1997'></a>If enabled, one line of status information about the currently selected item
<a id='L1998' name='L1998'></a>is shown at the bottom of the panels. Enabled by default.
<a id='L1999' name='L1999'></a>.PP
<a id='L2000' name='L2000'></a>.I Use SI size units.
<a id='L2001' name='L2001'></a>If this option is enabled, Midnight Commander will use SI prefixes (base 10)
<a id='L2002' name='L2002'></a>when displaying any byte sizes. If disabled (default), Midnight Commander will
<a id='L2003' name='L2003'></a>use IEC prefixes (base 2).
<a id='L2004' name='L2004'></a>.PP
<a id='L2005' name='L2005'></a>.I Mix all files.
<a id='L2006' name='L2006'></a>If this option is enabled, all files and directories are shown mixed
<a id='L2007' name='L2007'></a>together.  If the option is disabled (default), directories (and links to
<a id='L2008' name='L2008'></a>directories) are shown at the beginning of the listing, and other files below.
<a id='L2009' name='L2009'></a>.PP
<a id='L2010' name='L2010'></a>.I Show backup files.
<a id='L2011' name='L2011'></a>If enabled, Midnight Commander will show files ending with a tilde.
<a id='L2012' name='L2012'></a>Otherwise, they won't be shown (like GNU's ls option \-B). Enabled by default.
<a id='L2013' name='L2013'></a>.PP
<a id='L2014' name='L2014'></a>.I Show hidden files.
<a id='L2015' name='L2015'></a>If enabled, Midnight Commander will show all files that start with
<a id='L2016' name='L2016'></a>a dot (like ls \-a). Disabled by default.
<a id='L2017' name='L2017'></a>.PP
<a id='L2018' name='L2018'></a>.I Fast directory reload.
<a id='L2019' name='L2019'></a>If this option is enabled, Midnight Commander will use a trick to
<a id='L2020' name='L2020'></a>determine if the directory contents have changed.  The trick is to reload
<a id='L2021' name='L2021'></a>the directory only if the i\-node of the directory has changed; this means
<a id='L2022' name='L2022'></a>that reloads only happen when files are created or deleted.  If what
<a id='L2023' name='L2023'></a>changes is the i\-node for a file in the directory (file size changes,
<a id='L2024' name='L2024'></a>mode or owner changes, etc) the display is not updated.  In these cases,
<a id='L2025' name='L2025'></a>if you have the option on, you have to rescan the directory manually
<a id='L2026' name='L2026'></a>(with C\-r). Disabled by default.
<a id='L2027' name='L2027'></a>.PP
<a id='L2028' name='L2028'></a>.I Mark moves down.
<a id='L2029' name='L2029'></a>If enabled, the selection bar will move down when you mark a file (with
<a id='L2030' name='L2030'></a>Insert key). Enabled by default.
<a id='L2031' name='L2031'></a>.PP
<a id='L2032' name='L2032'></a>.I Reverse files only.
<a id='L2033' name='L2033'></a>Allow revert selection of files only. Enabled by default.
<a id='L2034' name='L2034'></a>If enabled, the reverse selection is applied to files only, not to directories.
<a id='L2035' name='L2035'></a>The selection of directories is untouched. If off, the reverse selection
<a id='L2036' name='L2036'></a>is applied to files as well to directories: all unselected items become
<a id='L2037' name='L2037'></a>selected, and vice versa.
<a id='L2038' name='L2038'></a>.PP
<a id='L2039' name='L2039'></a>.I Simple swap.
<a id='L2040' name='L2040'></a>If both panels contain file listing, simple swap means that panels exchange
<a id='L2041' name='L2041'></a>its screen positions: left panel become right one, and vice versa. If this
<a id='L2042' name='L2042'></a>option is unchecked, file listing panels exchange its content keeping listing
<a id='L2043' name='L2043'></a>format and sort options. Unchecked by default.
<a id='L2044' name='L2044'></a>.PP
<a id='L2045' name='L2045'></a>.I Auto save panels setup.
<a id='L2046' name='L2046'></a>If this option is enabled, when you exit Midnight Commander, the
<a id='L2047' name='L2047'></a>current settings of panels are saved in the ~/.config/mc/panels.ini file.
<a id='L2048' name='L2048'></a>Disabled by default.
<a id='L2049' name='L2049'></a>.PP
<a id='L2050' name='L2050'></a>.B Navigation
<a id='L2051' name='L2051'></a>.PP
<a id='L2052' name='L2052'></a>.I Lynx\-like motion.
<a id='L2053' name='L2053'></a>If this option is enabled, you may use the arrows keys to automatically
<a id='L2054' name='L2054'></a>chdir if the current selection is a subdirectory and the shell command
<a id='L2055' name='L2055'></a>line is empty. By default, this setting is off.
<a id='L2056' name='L2056'></a>.PP
<a id='L2057' name='L2057'></a>.I Page scrolling.
<a id='L2058' name='L2058'></a>If set (the default), panel will scroll by half the display when the
<a id='L2059' name='L2059'></a>cursor reaches the end or the beginning of the panel, otherwise it
<a id='L2060' name='L2060'></a>will just scroll a file at a time.
<a id='L2061' name='L2061'></a>.PP
<a id='L2062' name='L2062'></a>.I Center scrolling.
<a id='L2063' name='L2063'></a>If set, panel will scroll when the cursor reaches the middle of the
<a id='L2064' name='L2064'></a>panel column, only hitting the top or bottom of the panel when actually on
<a id='L2065' name='L2065'></a>the first or last file. This behavior applies when scrolling one file
<a id='L2066' name='L2066'></a>at a time, and does not apply to the page up/down keys.
<a id='L2067' name='L2067'></a>.PP
<a id='L2068' name='L2068'></a>.I Mouse page scrolling.
<a id='L2069' name='L2069'></a>Controls whenever scrolling with the mouse wheel is done by pages or
<a id='L2070' name='L2070'></a>line by line on the panels.
<a id='L2071' name='L2071'></a>.PP
<a id='L2072' name='L2072'></a>.B File highlight
<a id='L2073' name='L2073'></a>.PP
<a id='L2074' name='L2074'></a>You can specify whether
<a id='L2075' name='L2075'></a>.I permissions
<a id='L2076' name='L2076'></a>and
<a id='L2077' name='L2077'></a>.I file types
<a id='L2078' name='L2078'></a>should be highlighted with distinctive
<a id='L2079' name='L2079'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2080' name='L2080'></a>Colors\&amp;.
<a id='L2081' name='L2081'></a>.\"Colors"
<a id='L2082' name='L2082'></a>If the permission highlighting is enabled, the parts of the
<a id='L2083' name='L2083'></a>.I perm
<a id='L2084' name='L2084'></a>and
<a id='L2085' name='L2085'></a>.I mode
<a id='L2086' name='L2086'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2087' name='L2087'></a>display fields
<a id='L2088' name='L2088'></a>.\"Listing Format..."
<a id='L2089' name='L2089'></a>which apply to the user running Midnight Commander are highlighted with
<a id='L2090' name='L2090'></a>the color defined by the
<a id='L2091' name='L2091'></a>.I selected
<a id='L2092' name='L2092'></a>keyword.  If the file type highlighting is enabled, file names are colored
<a id='L2093' name='L2093'></a>according to rules described in
<a id='L2094' name='L2094'></a>%sysconfdir%/mc/filehighlight.ini
<a id='L2095' name='L2095'></a>file. See
<a id='L2096' name='L2096'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2097' name='L2097'></a>Filenames Highlight
<a id='L2098' name='L2098'></a>.\"Filenames Highlight"
<a id='L2099' name='L2099'></a>for more info.
<a id='L2100' name='L2100'></a>.PP
<a id='L2101' name='L2101'></a>.B Quick search
<a id='L2102' name='L2102'></a>.PP
<a id='L2103' name='L2103'></a>You can specify how the
<a id='L2104' name='L2104'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2105' name='L2105'></a>Quick search
<a id='L2106' name='L2106'></a>.\"Quick search"
<a id='L2107' name='L2107'></a>mode should work: case insensitively, case sensitively or be matched
<a id='L2108' name='L2108'></a>to the panel sort order: case sensitive or not.
<a id='L2109' name='L2109'></a>.\"NODE "    Confirmation"
<a id='L2110' name='L2110'></a>.SH "    Confirmation"
<a id='L2111' name='L2111'></a>In this dialog you configure the confirmation options for file deletion,
<a id='L2112' name='L2112'></a>overwriting files, execution by pressing enter, quitting the program,
<a id='L2113' name='L2113'></a>directory hotlist entries deletion and history cleanup.
<a id='L2114' name='L2114'></a>.\"NODE "    Appearance"
<a id='L2115' name='L2115'></a>.SH "    Appearance"
<a id='L2116' name='L2116'></a>In this dialog you can select the skin to be used and enable shadow
<a id='L2117' name='L2117'></a>for dialogs and drop down menus.
<a id='L2118' name='L2118'></a>.PP
<a id='L2119' name='L2119'></a>See the
<a id='L2120' name='L2120'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2121' name='L2121'></a>Skins
<a id='L2122' name='L2122'></a>.\"Skins"
<a id='L2123' name='L2123'></a>section for technical details about the skin definition files.
<a id='L2124' name='L2124'></a>.PP
<a id='L2125' name='L2125'></a>.I Shadows.
<a id='L2126' name='L2126'></a>If this option is enabled, all dialogs and drop down menus will have a shadow.
<a id='L2127' name='L2127'></a>.\"NODE "    Display bits"
<a id='L2128' name='L2128'></a>.SH "    Display bits"
<a id='L2129' name='L2129'></a>This is used to configure the range of visible characters on the
<a id='L2130' name='L2130'></a>screen.  This setting may be 7\-bits if your terminal/curses supports
<a id='L2131' name='L2131'></a>only seven output bits, ISO\-8859\-1 displays all the characters in the
<a id='L2132' name='L2132'></a>ISO\-8859\-1 map and full 8 bits is for those terminals that can display
<a id='L2133' name='L2133'></a>full 8 bit characters.
<a id='L2134' name='L2134'></a>.\"NODE "    Learn keys"
<a id='L2135' name='L2135'></a>.SH "    Learn keys"
<a id='L2136' name='L2136'></a>This dialog allows you to test and redefine functional keys, cursor
<a id='L2137' name='L2137'></a>arrows and some other keys to make them work properly on your terminal.
<a id='L2138' name='L2138'></a>They often don't, since many terminal databases are incomplete or broken.
<a id='L2139' name='L2139'></a>.PP
<a id='L2140' name='L2140'></a>You can move around with the Tab key and with the vi moving keys ('h'
<a id='L2141' name='L2141'></a>left, 'j' down, 'k' up and 'l' right).  Once you press any cursor movement
<a id='L2142' name='L2142'></a>key and it is recognized, you can use that key as well.
<a id='L2143' name='L2143'></a>.PP
<a id='L2144' name='L2144'></a>You can test keys just by pressing each of them.  When you press a
<a id='L2145' name='L2145'></a>key and it is recognized properly, OK should appear next to the name
<a id='L2146' name='L2146'></a>of that key.  Once a key is marked OK it starts working as usually,
<a id='L2147' name='L2147'></a>e.g. F1 pressed the first time will just check that the F1 key works,
<a id='L2148' name='L2148'></a>but after that it will show help.  The same applies to the arrow keys.
<a id='L2149' name='L2149'></a>The Tab key should be working always.
<a id='L2150' name='L2150'></a>.PP
<a id='L2151' name='L2151'></a>If some keys do not work properly then you won't see OK appear after
<a id='L2152' name='L2152'></a>pressing one of these.  Then you may want to redefine it.  Do it by pressing
<a id='L2153' name='L2153'></a>the button with the name of that key (either by the mouse or by Enter
<a id='L2154' name='L2154'></a>or Space after selecting the button with Tab or arrows).  Then a message
<a id='L2155' name='L2155'></a>box will appear asking you to press that key.  Do it and wait until the
<a id='L2156' name='L2156'></a>message box disappears.  If you want to abort, just press Escape once
<a id='L2157' name='L2157'></a>and wait.
<a id='L2158' name='L2158'></a>.PP
<a id='L2159' name='L2159'></a>When you finish with all the keys, you can Save them.  The definitions
<a id='L2160' name='L2160'></a>for the keys you have redefined will be written into the [terminal:TERM]
<a id='L2161' name='L2161'></a>section of your ~/.config/mc/ini file (where TERM is the name of your current
<a id='L2162' name='L2162'></a>terminal).  The definitions of the keys that were already working properly
<a id='L2163' name='L2163'></a>are not saved.
<a id='L2164' name='L2164'></a>.\"NODE "    Virtual FS"
<a id='L2165' name='L2165'></a>.SH "    Virtual FS"
<a id='L2166' name='L2166'></a>This option gives you control over the settings of the
<a id='L2167' name='L2167'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2168' name='L2168'></a>Virtual File System\&amp;.
<a id='L2169' name='L2169'></a>.\"Virtual File System"
<a id='L2170' name='L2170'></a>.PP
<a id='L2171' name='L2171'></a>Midnight Commander keeps in memory the information related to some
<a id='L2172' name='L2172'></a>of the virtual file systems to speed up the access to the files in the
<a id='L2173' name='L2173'></a>file system (for example, directory listings fetched from FTP servers).
<a id='L2174' name='L2174'></a>.PP
<a id='L2175' name='L2175'></a>Also, in order to access the contents of compressed files (for example,
<a id='L2176' name='L2176'></a>compressed tar files), Midnight Commander needs to create temporary
<a id='L2177' name='L2177'></a>uncompressed files on your disk.
<a id='L2178' name='L2178'></a>.PP
<a id='L2179' name='L2179'></a>Since both the information in memory and the temporary files on disk
<a id='L2180' name='L2180'></a>take up resources, you may want to tune the parameters of the cached
<a id='L2181' name='L2181'></a>information to decrease your resource usage or to maximize the speed of
<a id='L2182' name='L2182'></a>access to frequently used file systems.
<a id='L2183' name='L2183'></a>.PP
<a id='L2184' name='L2184'></a>Because of the format of the tar archives, the
<a id='L2185' name='L2185'></a>.I Tar filesystem
<a id='L2186' name='L2186'></a>needs to read the whole file just to load the file entries.  Since most
<a id='L2187' name='L2187'></a>tar files are usually kept compressed (plain tar files are species in
<a id='L2188' name='L2188'></a>extinction), the tar file system has to uncompress the file on the disk
<a id='L2189' name='L2189'></a>in a temporary location and then access the uncompressed file as a
<a id='L2190' name='L2190'></a>regular tar file.
<a id='L2191' name='L2191'></a>.PP
<a id='L2192' name='L2192'></a>Now, since we all love to browse files and tar files all over the disk,
<a id='L2193' name='L2193'></a>it's common that you will leave a tar file and then re\-enter it later.
<a id='L2194' name='L2194'></a>Since decompression is slow, Midnight Commander will cache the
<a id='L2195' name='L2195'></a>information in memory for a limited time.  When the timeout expires, all
<a id='L2196' name='L2196'></a>the resources associated with the file system are released.  The default
<a id='L2197' name='L2197'></a>timeout is set to one minute.
<a id='L2198' name='L2198'></a>.PP
<a id='L2199' name='L2199'></a>The
<a id='L2200' name='L2200'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2201' name='L2201'></a>FTP File System
<a id='L2202' name='L2202'></a>.\"FTP File System"
<a id='L2203' name='L2203'></a>(ftpfs) allows you to browse directories on remote FTP servers.  It has
<a id='L2204' name='L2204'></a>several options.
<a id='L2205' name='L2205'></a>.PP
<a id='L2206' name='L2206'></a>.I ftp anonymous password
<a id='L2207' name='L2207'></a>is the password used when you login as "anonymous".  Some sites require
<a id='L2208' name='L2208'></a>a valid e\-mail address.  On the other hand, you probably don't want to
<a id='L2209' name='L2209'></a>give your real e\-mail address to untrusted sites, especially if you are
<a id='L2210' name='L2210'></a>not using spam filtering.
<a id='L2211' name='L2211'></a>.PP
<a id='L2212' name='L2212'></a>ftpfs keeps the directory listing it fetches from a FTP server in a cache.
<a id='L2213' name='L2213'></a>The cache expire time is configurable with the
<a id='L2214' name='L2214'></a>.I ftpfs directory cache timeout
<a id='L2215' name='L2215'></a>option.  A low value for this option may slow down every operation on
<a id='L2216' name='L2216'></a>the ftpfs because every operation would require sending a request to the
<a id='L2217' name='L2217'></a>FTP server.
<a id='L2218' name='L2218'></a>.PP
<a id='L2219' name='L2219'></a>You can define an FTP proxy host for doing FTP.  Note that most modern
<a id='L2220' name='L2220'></a>firewalls are fully transparent at least for passive FTP (see below), so
<a id='L2221' name='L2221'></a>FTP proxies are considered obsolete.
<a id='L2222' name='L2222'></a>.PP
<a id='L2223' name='L2223'></a>If
<a id='L2224' name='L2224'></a>.I Always use ftp proxy
<a id='L2225' name='L2225'></a>is not set, you can use the exclamation sign to enable proxy for certain
<a id='L2226' name='L2226'></a>hosts.  See
<a id='L2227' name='L2227'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2228' name='L2228'></a>FTP File System
<a id='L2229' name='L2229'></a>.\"FTP File System"
<a id='L2230' name='L2230'></a>for examples.
<a id='L2231' name='L2231'></a>.PP
<a id='L2232' name='L2232'></a>If this option is set, the program will do two things: consult the
<a id='L2233' name='L2233'></a>%prefix%/lib/mc/mc.no_proxy file for lines containing host names that
<a id='L2234' name='L2234'></a>are local (if the host name starts with a dot, it is assumed to be a
<a id='L2235' name='L2235'></a>domain) and to assume that any hostnames without dots in their names are
<a id='L2236' name='L2236'></a>directly accessible.  All other hosts will be accessed through the
<a id='L2237' name='L2237'></a>specified FTP proxy.
<a id='L2238' name='L2238'></a>.PP
<a id='L2239' name='L2239'></a>You can enable using
<a id='L2240' name='L2240'></a>.I ~/.netrc
<a id='L2241' name='L2241'></a>file, which keeps login names and passwords for ftp servers.  See netrc
<a id='L2242' name='L2242'></a>(5) for the description of the .netrc format.
<a id='L2243' name='L2243'></a>.PP
<a id='L2244' name='L2244'></a>.I Use passive mode
<a id='L2245' name='L2245'></a>enables using FTP passive mode, when the connection for data transfer is
<a id='L2246' name='L2246'></a>initiated by the client, not by the server.  This option is recommended
<a id='L2247' name='L2247'></a>and enabled by default.  If this option is turned off, the data
<a id='L2248' name='L2248'></a>connection is initiated by the server.  This may not work with some
<a id='L2249' name='L2249'></a>firewalls.
<a id='L2250' name='L2250'></a>.\"NODE "    Save Setup"
<a id='L2251' name='L2251'></a>.SH "    Save Setup"
<a id='L2252' name='L2252'></a>At startup, Midnight Commander tries to load initialization information
<a id='L2253' name='L2253'></a>from the ~/.config/mc/ini file.
<a id='L2254' name='L2254'></a>If this file doesn't exist, the system\-wide file
<a id='L2255' name='L2255'></a>.B %sysconfdir%/mc/mc.ini
<a id='L2256' name='L2256'></a>is used. If this file doesn't exist, the system\-wide file
<a id='L2257' name='L2257'></a>.B %prefix%/share/mc/mc.ini
<a id='L2258' name='L2258'></a>is used. If this file doesn't exist, MC uses the default settings.
<a id='L2259' name='L2259'></a>.PP
<a id='L2260' name='L2260'></a>The
<a id='L2261' name='L2261'></a>.I Save Setup
<a id='L2262' name='L2262'></a>command creates the ~/.config/mc/ini file by saving the
<a id='L2263' name='L2263'></a>current settings of the
<a id='L2264' name='L2264'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2265' name='L2265'></a>Left, Right
<a id='L2266' name='L2266'></a>.\"Left and Right Menus"
<a id='L2267' name='L2267'></a>and
<a id='L2268' name='L2268'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2269' name='L2269'></a>Options
<a id='L2270' name='L2270'></a>.\"Options Menu"
<a id='L2271' name='L2271'></a>menus.
<a id='L2272' name='L2272'></a>.PP
<a id='L2273' name='L2273'></a>If you activate the
<a id='L2274' name='L2274'></a>.I auto save setup
<a id='L2275' name='L2275'></a>option, MC will always save the current settings when exiting.
<a id='L2276' name='L2276'></a>.PP
<a id='L2277' name='L2277'></a>There also exist settings which can't be changed from the menus. To
<a id='L2278' name='L2278'></a>change these settings you have to edit the setup file with your
<a id='L2279' name='L2279'></a>favorite editor. See the section on
<a id='L2280' name='L2280'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2281' name='L2281'></a>Special Settings
<a id='L2282' name='L2282'></a>.\"Special Settings"
<a id='L2283' name='L2283'></a>for more information.
<a id='L2284' name='L2284'></a>.SH ""
<a id='L2285' name='L2285'></a>.\"NODE "Executing operating system commands"
<a id='L2286' name='L2286'></a>.SH "Executing operating system commands"
<a id='L2287' name='L2287'></a>You may execute commands by typing them directly in Midnight
<a id='L2288' name='L2288'></a>Commander's input line, or by selecting the program you want to
<a id='L2289' name='L2289'></a>execute with the selection bar in one of the panels and hitting Enter.
<a id='L2290' name='L2290'></a>.PP
<a id='L2291' name='L2291'></a>If you press Enter over a file that is not executable, Midnight
<a id='L2292' name='L2292'></a>Commander checks the extension of the selected file against the
<a id='L2293' name='L2293'></a>extensions in the
<a id='L2294' name='L2294'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2295' name='L2295'></a>Extensions File\&amp;.
<a id='L2296' name='L2296'></a>.\"Edit Extension File"
<a id='L2297' name='L2297'></a>If a match is found then the code associated with that extension is
<a id='L2298' name='L2298'></a>executed. A very simple
<a id='L2299' name='L2299'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2300' name='L2300'></a>macro expansion
<a id='L2301' name='L2301'></a>.\"Macro Substitution"
<a id='L2302' name='L2302'></a>takes place before executing the command.
<a id='L2303' name='L2303'></a>.\"NODE "  The cd internal command"
<a id='L2304' name='L2304'></a>.SH "  The cd internal command"
<a id='L2305' name='L2305'></a>The
<a id='L2306' name='L2306'></a>.I cd
<a id='L2307' name='L2307'></a>command is interpreted by Midnight Commander, it is not passed to
<a id='L2308' name='L2308'></a>the command shell for execution.  Thus it may not handle all of the
<a id='L2309' name='L2309'></a>nice macro expansion and substitution that your shell does, although it
<a id='L2310' name='L2310'></a>does some of them:
<a id='L2311' name='L2311'></a>.PP
<a id='L2312' name='L2312'></a>.I Tilde substitution.
<a id='L2313' name='L2313'></a>The (~) will be substituted with your home directory, if you append a
<a id='L2314' name='L2314'></a>username after the tilde, then it will be substituted with the login
<a id='L2315' name='L2315'></a>directory of the specified user.
<a id='L2316' name='L2316'></a>.PP
<a id='L2317' name='L2317'></a>For example, ~guest is the home directory for the user guest, while
<a id='L2318' name='L2318'></a>~/guest is the directory guest in your home directory.
<a id='L2319' name='L2319'></a>.PP
<a id='L2320' name='L2320'></a>.I Previous directory.
<a id='L2321' name='L2321'></a>You can jump to the directory you were previously by using the special
<a id='L2322' name='L2322'></a>directory name '\-' like this:
<a id='L2323' name='L2323'></a>.B cd \-
<a id='L2324' name='L2324'></a>.PP
<a id='L2325' name='L2325'></a>.I CDPATH directories.
<a id='L2326' name='L2326'></a>If the directory specified to the
<a id='L2327' name='L2327'></a>.B cd
<a id='L2328' name='L2328'></a>command is not in the current directory, then Midnight Commander
<a id='L2329' name='L2329'></a>uses the value in the environment variable
<a id='L2330' name='L2330'></a>.B CDPATH
<a id='L2331' name='L2331'></a>to search for the directory in any of the named directories.
<a id='L2332' name='L2332'></a>.PP
<a id='L2333' name='L2333'></a>For example you could set your
<a id='L2334' name='L2334'></a>.B CDPATH
<a id='L2335' name='L2335'></a>variable to ~/src:/usr/src, allowing you to change your directory to
<a id='L2336' name='L2336'></a>any of the directories inside the ~/src and /usr/src directories, from
<a id='L2337' name='L2337'></a>any place in the file system by using its relative name (for example
<a id='L2338' name='L2338'></a>cd linux could take you to /usr/src/linux).
<a id='L2339' name='L2339'></a>.\"NODE "  Macro Substitution"
<a id='L2340' name='L2340'></a>.SH "  Macro Substitution"
<a id='L2341' name='L2341'></a>When accessing a
<a id='L2342' name='L2342'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2343' name='L2343'></a>user menu\&amp;,
<a id='L2344' name='L2344'></a>.\"Edit Menu File"
<a id='L2345' name='L2345'></a>or executing an
<a id='L2346' name='L2346'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2347' name='L2347'></a>extension dependent command\&amp;,
<a id='L2348' name='L2348'></a>.\"Edit Extension File"
<a id='L2349' name='L2349'></a>or running a command from the command line input, a simple macro
<a id='L2350' name='L2350'></a>substitution takes place.
<a id='L2351' name='L2351'></a>.PP
<a id='L2352' name='L2352'></a>The macros are:
<a id='L2353' name='L2353'></a>.TP
<a id='L2354' name='L2354'></a>.I %i
<a id='L2355' name='L2355'></a>The indent of blank space, equal the cursor column position.  For edit
<a id='L2356' name='L2356'></a>menu only.
<a id='L2357' name='L2357'></a>.TP
<a id='L2358' name='L2358'></a>.I %y
<a id='L2359' name='L2359'></a>The syntax type of current file. For edit menu only.
<a id='L2360' name='L2360'></a>.TP
<a id='L2361' name='L2361'></a>.I %k
<a id='L2362' name='L2362'></a>The block file name.
<a id='L2363' name='L2363'></a>.TP
<a id='L2364' name='L2364'></a>.I %e
<a id='L2365' name='L2365'></a>The error file name.
<a id='L2366' name='L2366'></a>.TP
<a id='L2367' name='L2367'></a>.I %m
<a id='L2368' name='L2368'></a>The current menu name.
<a id='L2369' name='L2369'></a>.TP
<a id='L2370' name='L2370'></a>.IR %f " and " %p
<a id='L2371' name='L2371'></a>In file manager user menu: the current file name in selected panel.
<a id='L2372' name='L2372'></a>In mcedit user menu: the name of opened file.
<a id='L2373' name='L2373'></a>.TP
<a id='L2374' name='L2374'></a>.I %x
<a id='L2375' name='L2375'></a>The extension of current file name.
<a id='L2376' name='L2376'></a>.TP
<a id='L2377' name='L2377'></a>.I %b
<a id='L2378' name='L2378'></a>The current file name without extension.
<a id='L2379' name='L2379'></a>.TP
<a id='L2380' name='L2380'></a>.I %d
<a id='L2381' name='L2381'></a>The current directory name.
<a id='L2382' name='L2382'></a>.TP
<a id='L2383' name='L2383'></a>.I %F
<a id='L2384' name='L2384'></a>The current file in the unselected panel.
<a id='L2385' name='L2385'></a>.TP
<a id='L2386' name='L2386'></a>.I %D
<a id='L2387' name='L2387'></a>The directory name of the unselected panel.
<a id='L2388' name='L2388'></a>.TP
<a id='L2389' name='L2389'></a>.I %t
<a id='L2390' name='L2390'></a>The currently tagged files.
<a id='L2391' name='L2391'></a>.TP
<a id='L2392' name='L2392'></a>.I %T
<a id='L2393' name='L2393'></a>The tagged files in the unselected panel.
<a id='L2394' name='L2394'></a>.TP
<a id='L2395' name='L2395'></a>.IR %u " and " %U
<a id='L2396' name='L2396'></a>Similar to the %t and %T macros, but in addition the files are untagged.
<a id='L2397' name='L2397'></a>You can use this macro only once per menu file entry or extension file
<a id='L2398' name='L2398'></a>entry, because next time there will be no tagged files.
<a id='L2399' name='L2399'></a>.TP
<a id='L2400' name='L2400'></a>.IR %s " and " %S
<a id='L2401' name='L2401'></a>The selected files: The tagged files if there are any. Otherwise the
<a id='L2402' name='L2402'></a>current file.
<a id='L2403' name='L2403'></a>.TP
<a id='L2404' name='L2404'></a>.I %cd
<a id='L2405' name='L2405'></a>This is a special macro that is used to change the current directory
<a id='L2406' name='L2406'></a>to the directory specified in front of it.  This is used primarily as
<a id='L2407' name='L2407'></a>an interface to the
<a id='L2408' name='L2408'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2409' name='L2409'></a>Virtual File System\&amp;.
<a id='L2410' name='L2410'></a>.\"Virtual File System"
<a id='L2411' name='L2411'></a>.TP
<a id='L2412' name='L2412'></a>.I %view
<a id='L2413' name='L2413'></a>This macro is used to invoke the internal viewer.  This macro can be
<a id='L2414' name='L2414'></a>used alone, or with arguments.  If you pass any arguments to this
<a id='L2415' name='L2415'></a>macro, they should be enclosed in brackets.
<a id='L2416' name='L2416'></a>.IP
<a id='L2417' name='L2417'></a>The arguments are:
<a id='L2418' name='L2418'></a>.I ascii
<a id='L2419' name='L2419'></a>to force the viewer into ascii mode;
<a id='L2420' name='L2420'></a>.I hex
<a id='L2421' name='L2421'></a>to force the viewer into hex mode;
<a id='L2422' name='L2422'></a>.I nroff
<a id='L2423' name='L2423'></a>to tell the viewer that it should interpret the bold and underline
<a id='L2424' name='L2424'></a>sequences of nroff;
<a id='L2425' name='L2425'></a>.I unformatted
<a id='L2426' name='L2426'></a>to tell the viewer to not interpret nroff commands for making the text
<a id='L2427' name='L2427'></a>bold or underlined.
<a id='L2428' name='L2428'></a>.TP
<a id='L2429' name='L2429'></a>.I %%
<a id='L2430' name='L2430'></a>The % character
<a id='L2431' name='L2431'></a>.TP
<a id='L2432' name='L2432'></a>.I %{some text}
<a id='L2433' name='L2433'></a>Prompt for the substitution. An input box is shown and the text inside
<a id='L2434' name='L2434'></a>the braces is used as a prompt. The macro is substituted by the text
<a id='L2435' name='L2435'></a>typed by the user. The user can press Esc or F10 to cancel. This macro
<a id='L2436' name='L2436'></a>doesn't work on the command line yet.
<a id='L2437' name='L2437'></a>.TP
<a id='L2438' name='L2438'></a>.I %var{ENV:default}
<a id='L2439' name='L2439'></a>If environment variable
<a id='L2440' name='L2440'></a>.I ENV
<a id='L2441' name='L2441'></a>is unset, the
<a id='L2442' name='L2442'></a>.I default
<a id='L2443' name='L2443'></a>is substituted.  Otherwise, the value of
<a id='L2444' name='L2444'></a>.I ENV
<a id='L2445' name='L2445'></a>is substituted.
<a id='L2446' name='L2446'></a>.\"NODE "  The subshell support"
<a id='L2447' name='L2447'></a>.SH "  The subshell support"
<a id='L2448' name='L2448'></a>The subshell support is a compile time option, that works with the
<a id='L2449' name='L2449'></a>shells: bash, ash (BusyBox and Debian), tcsh, zsh and fish.
<a id='L2450' name='L2450'></a>.PP
<a id='L2451' name='L2451'></a>When the subshell support is active, Midnight Commander will
<a id='L2452' name='L2452'></a>spawn a concurrent copy of your shell (the one defined in the
<a id='L2453' name='L2453'></a>.B SHELL
<a id='L2454' name='L2454'></a>variable and if it is not defined, then the one in the /etc/passwd
<a id='L2455' name='L2455'></a>file) and run it in a pseudo terminal, instead of invoking a new shell
<a id='L2456' name='L2456'></a>each time you execute a command, the command will be passed to the
<a id='L2457' name='L2457'></a>subshell as if you had typed it.  This also allows you to change the
<a id='L2458' name='L2458'></a>environment variables, use shell functions and define aliases that are
<a id='L2459' name='L2459'></a>valid until you quit Midnight Commander.
<a id='L2460' name='L2460'></a>.PP
<a id='L2461' name='L2461'></a>.B bash
<a id='L2462' name='L2462'></a>users may specify startup commands in ~/.local/share/mc/bashrc (fallback ~/.bashrc)
<a id='L2463' name='L2463'></a>and special keyboard maps in ~/.local/share/mc/inputrc (fallback ~/.inputrc).
<a id='L2464' name='L2464'></a>.PP
<a id='L2465' name='L2465'></a>.B ash/dash
<a id='L2466' name='L2466'></a>users (BusyBox or Debian) may specify startup commands in ~/.local/share/mc/ashrc (fallback ~/.profile).
<a id='L2467' name='L2467'></a>.PP
<a id='L2468' name='L2468'></a>.B tcsh, zsh, fish
<a id='L2469' name='L2469'></a>users cannot specify mc-specific startup commands at present. They have to rely on
<a id='L2470' name='L2470'></a>shell-specific startup files.
<a id='L2471' name='L2471'></a>.PP
<a id='L2472' name='L2472'></a>The following paragraphs are relevant only when the subshell support is
<a id='L2473' name='L2473'></a>active:
<a id='L2474' name='L2474'></a>.PP
<a id='L2475' name='L2475'></a>You can suspend applications at any
<a id='L2476' name='L2476'></a>time with the sequence C\-o and jump back to Midnight Commander, if
<a id='L2477' name='L2477'></a>you interrupt an application, you will not be able to run other
<a id='L2478' name='L2478'></a>external commands until you quit the application you interrupted.
<a id='L2479' name='L2479'></a>.PP
<a id='L2480' name='L2480'></a>The basic prompt displayed by Midnight Commander is of the form
<a id='L2481' name='L2481'></a>"user@host:current_path$ ". When using a capable shell, like Bash, the
<a id='L2482' name='L2482'></a>prompt displayed by Midnight Commander will be the same prompt that you
<a id='L2483' name='L2483'></a>are currently using in your shell.
<a id='L2484' name='L2484'></a>.PP
<a id='L2485' name='L2485'></a>(There's a known problem when using fish: the prompt is displayed only in
<a id='L2486' name='L2486'></a>full screen mode (Ctrl-o), not when the panels are visible.)
<a id='L2487' name='L2487'></a>.PP
<a id='L2488' name='L2488'></a>The
<a id='L2489' name='L2489'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2490' name='L2490'></a>OPTIONS
<a id='L2491' name='L2491'></a>.\"OPTIONS"
<a id='L2492' name='L2492'></a>section has more information on how you can control subshell usage (-U/-u).
<a id='L2493' name='L2493'></a>Furthermore, to set a specific subshell different from your current SHELL variable or
<a id='L2494' name='L2494'></a>login shell defined in /etc/passwd, you may call MC like this:
<a id='L2495' name='L2495'></a>.B SHELL=/bin/myshell mc
<a id='L2496' name='L2496'></a>.\"NODE "Chmod"
<a id='L2497' name='L2497'></a>.SH "Chmod"
<a id='L2498' name='L2498'></a>The Chmod window is used to change the attribute bits in a group of
<a id='L2499' name='L2499'></a>files and directories.  It can be invoked with the C\-x c key combination.
<a id='L2500' name='L2500'></a>.PP
<a id='L2501' name='L2501'></a>The Chmod window has two parts \-
<a id='L2502' name='L2502'></a>.I Permissions
<a id='L2503' name='L2503'></a>and
<a id='L2504' name='L2504'></a>.IR File .
<a id='L2505' name='L2505'></a>.PP
<a id='L2506' name='L2506'></a>In the File section are displayed the name of the file or directory
<a id='L2507' name='L2507'></a>and its permissions in octal form, as well as its owner and group.
<a id='L2508' name='L2508'></a>.PP
<a id='L2509' name='L2509'></a>In the Permissions section there is a set of check buttons which
<a id='L2510' name='L2510'></a>correspond to the file attribute bits.  As you change the attribute
<a id='L2511' name='L2511'></a>bits, you can see the octal value change in the File section.
<a id='L2512' name='L2512'></a>.PP
<a id='L2513' name='L2513'></a>To move between the widgets (buttons and check buttons) use the
<a id='L2514' name='L2514'></a>.I arrow keys
<a id='L2515' name='L2515'></a>or the
<a id='L2516' name='L2516'></a>.I Tab
<a id='L2517' name='L2517'></a>key.  To change the state of the check buttons or to select a button
<a id='L2518' name='L2518'></a>use
<a id='L2519' name='L2519'></a>.I Space.
<a id='L2520' name='L2520'></a>You can also use the hotkeys on the buttons to quickly activate them.
<a id='L2521' name='L2521'></a>Hotkeys are shown as highlighted letters on the buttons.
<a id='L2522' name='L2522'></a>.PP
<a id='L2523' name='L2523'></a>To set the attribute bits, use the Enter key.
<a id='L2524' name='L2524'></a>.PP
<a id='L2525' name='L2525'></a>When working with a group of files or directories, you just click on
<a id='L2526' name='L2526'></a>the bits you want to set or clear.  Once you have selected the bits
<a id='L2527' name='L2527'></a>you want to change, you select one of the action buttons (Set marked
<a id='L2528' name='L2528'></a>or Clear marked).
<a id='L2529' name='L2529'></a>.PP
<a id='L2530' name='L2530'></a>Finally, to set the attributes exactly to those specified, you can use
<a id='L2531' name='L2531'></a>the
<a id='L2532' name='L2532'></a>.B [Set all]
<a id='L2533' name='L2533'></a>button, which will act on all the tagged files.
<a id='L2534' name='L2534'></a>.PP
<a id='L2535' name='L2535'></a>.B [Marked all]
<a id='L2536' name='L2536'></a>set only marked attributes to all selected files
<a id='L2537' name='L2537'></a>.PP
<a id='L2538' name='L2538'></a>.B [Set marked]
<a id='L2539' name='L2539'></a>set marked bits in attributes of all selected files
<a id='L2540' name='L2540'></a>.PP
<a id='L2541' name='L2541'></a>.B [Clean marked]
<a id='L2542' name='L2542'></a>clear marked bits in attributes of all selected files
<a id='L2543' name='L2543'></a>.PP
<a id='L2544' name='L2544'></a>.B [Set]
<a id='L2545' name='L2545'></a>set the attributes of one file
<a id='L2546' name='L2546'></a>.PP
<a id='L2547' name='L2547'></a>.B [Cancel]
<a id='L2548' name='L2548'></a>cancel the Chmod command
<a id='L2549' name='L2549'></a>.\"NODE "Chown"
<a id='L2550' name='L2550'></a>.SH "Chown"
<a id='L2551' name='L2551'></a>The Chown command is used to change the owner/group of a file. The hot
<a id='L2552' name='L2552'></a>key for this command is C\-x o.
<a id='L2553' name='L2553'></a>.\"NODE "Advanced Chown"
<a id='L2554' name='L2554'></a>.SH "Advanced Chown"
<a id='L2555' name='L2555'></a>The Advanced Chown command is the
<a id='L2556' name='L2556'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2557' name='L2557'></a>Chmod
<a id='L2558' name='L2558'></a>.\"Chmod"
<a id='L2559' name='L2559'></a>and
<a id='L2560' name='L2560'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2561' name='L2561'></a>Chown
<a id='L2562' name='L2562'></a>.\"Chown"
<a id='L2563' name='L2563'></a>command combined into one window. You can change the permissions and
<a id='L2564' name='L2564'></a>owner/group of files at once.
<a id='L2565' name='L2565'></a>.\"NODE "Chattr"
<a id='L2566' name='L2566'></a>.SH "Chattr"
<a id='L2567' name='L2567'></a>The Chattr window is used to change the attributes of a group of files
<a id='L2568' name='L2568'></a>and directories on a Linux file system. It can be invoked with the C\-x e
<a id='L2569' name='L2569'></a>key combination.
<a id='L2570' name='L2570'></a>.PP
<a id='L2571' name='L2571'></a>Not all attributes are supported or utilized by all filesystems.
<a id='L2572' name='L2572'></a>List of available attribute flags is represented as a set of check buttons
<a id='L2573' name='L2573'></a>which correspond to the attribute flags (see
<a id='L2574' name='L2574'></a>.B chattr(1)
<a id='L2575' name='L2575'></a>for details). As you change the attribute flags, you can see the symbolic
<a id='L2576' name='L2576'></a>value change below file name.
<a id='L2577' name='L2577'></a>.PP
<a id='L2578' name='L2578'></a>To move between the widgets (buttons and check buttons) use the
<a id='L2579' name='L2579'></a>.I arrow keys
<a id='L2580' name='L2580'></a>or the
<a id='L2581' name='L2581'></a>.I Tab
<a id='L2582' name='L2582'></a>key. To change the state of the check buttons or to select a button use
<a id='L2583' name='L2583'></a>.BR Space .
<a id='L2584' name='L2584'></a>.PP
<a id='L2585' name='L2585'></a>To set the attributes, use the Enter key.
<a id='L2586' name='L2586'></a>.PP
<a id='L2587' name='L2587'></a>When working with a group of files or directories, you just click on
<a id='L2588' name='L2588'></a>the flags you want to set or clear. Once you have selected the flags
<a id='L2589' name='L2589'></a>you want to change, you select one of the action buttons (Set marked
<a id='L2590' name='L2590'></a>or Clear marked).
<a id='L2591' name='L2591'></a>.PP
<a id='L2592' name='L2592'></a>Finally, to set the attributes exactly to those specified, you can use
<a id='L2593' name='L2593'></a>the
<a id='L2594' name='L2594'></a>.B [Set all]
<a id='L2595' name='L2595'></a>button, which will act on all the tagged files.
<a id='L2596' name='L2596'></a>.PP
<a id='L2597' name='L2597'></a>.B [Marked all]
<a id='L2598' name='L2598'></a>set only marked attributes to all selected files.
<a id='L2599' name='L2599'></a>.PP
<a id='L2600' name='L2600'></a>.B [Set marked]
<a id='L2601' name='L2601'></a>set marked flags in attributes of all selected files.
<a id='L2602' name='L2602'></a>.PP
<a id='L2603' name='L2603'></a>.B [Clean marked]
<a id='L2604' name='L2604'></a>clear marked flags in attributes of all selected files.
<a id='L2605' name='L2605'></a>.PP
<a id='L2606' name='L2606'></a>.B [Set]
<a id='L2607' name='L2607'></a>set the attributes of one file.
<a id='L2608' name='L2608'></a>.PP
<a id='L2609' name='L2609'></a>.B [Cancel]
<a id='L2610' name='L2610'></a>cancel the Chattr command.
<a id='L2611' name='L2611'></a>.\"NODE "File Operations"
<a id='L2612' name='L2612'></a>.SH "File Operations"
<a id='L2613' name='L2613'></a>When you copy, move or delete files, Midnight Commander shows the
<a id='L2614' name='L2614'></a>file operations dialog.  It shows the files currently being processed
<a id='L2615' name='L2615'></a>and uses up to three progress bars.  The file bar indicates the
<a id='L2616' name='L2616'></a>percentage of the current file that has been processed so far.  The
<a id='L2617' name='L2617'></a>count bar shows how many of the tagged files have been handled.  The
<a id='L2618' name='L2618'></a>bytes bar indicates the percentage of the total size of the tagged files
<a id='L2619' name='L2619'></a>that has been handled.  If the verbose option is off, the file and bytes
<a id='L2620' name='L2620'></a>bars are not shown.
<a id='L2621' name='L2621'></a>.PP
<a id='L2622' name='L2622'></a>There are two buttons at the bottom of the dialog. Pressing the Skip
<a id='L2623' name='L2623'></a>button will skip the rest of the current file. Pressing the Abort
<a id='L2624' name='L2624'></a>button will abort the whole operation, the rest of the files are
<a id='L2625' name='L2625'></a>skipped.
<a id='L2626' name='L2626'></a>.PP
<a id='L2627' name='L2627'></a>There are three other dialogs which you can run into during the file
<a id='L2628' name='L2628'></a>operations.
<a id='L2629' name='L2629'></a>.PP
<a id='L2630' name='L2630'></a>The error dialog informs about error conditions and has three choices.
<a id='L2631' name='L2631'></a>Normally you select either the Skip button to skip the file or the Abort
<a id='L2632' name='L2632'></a>button to abort the operation altogether.  You can also select the Retry
<a id='L2633' name='L2633'></a>button if you fixed the problem from another terminal.
<a id='L2634' name='L2634'></a>.PP
<a id='L2635' name='L2635'></a>The replace dialog is shown when you attempt to copy or move a file on
<a id='L2636' name='L2636'></a>the top of an existing file.  The dialog shows the dates and sizes of
<a id='L2637' name='L2637'></a>the both files.  Press the Yes button to overwrite the file, the No
<a id='L2638' name='L2638'></a>button to skip the file, the All button to overwrite all the files, the
<a id='L2639' name='L2639'></a>None button to never overwrite and the Update button to overwrite if the
<a id='L2640' name='L2640'></a>source file is newer than the target file.  You can abort the whole
<a id='L2641' name='L2641'></a>operation by pressing the Abort button.
<a id='L2642' name='L2642'></a>.PP
<a id='L2643' name='L2643'></a>The recursive delete dialog is shown when you try to delete a directory
<a id='L2644' name='L2644'></a>which is not empty.  Press the Yes button to delete the directory
<a id='L2645' name='L2645'></a>recursively, the No button to skip the directory, the All button to
<a id='L2646' name='L2646'></a>delete all the directories and the None button to skip all the non\-empty
<a id='L2647' name='L2647'></a>directories.  You can abort the whole operation by pressing the Abort
<a id='L2648' name='L2648'></a>button.  If you selected the Yes or All button you will be asked for a
<a id='L2649' name='L2649'></a>confirmation.  Type "yes" only if you are really sure you want to do the
<a id='L2650' name='L2650'></a>recursive delete.
<a id='L2651' name='L2651'></a>.PP
<a id='L2652' name='L2652'></a>If you have tagged files and perform an operation on them only the files
<a id='L2653' name='L2653'></a>on which the operation succeeded are untagged. Failed and skipped files
<a id='L2654' name='L2654'></a>are left tagged.
<a id='L2655' name='L2655'></a>.\"NODE "Mask Copy/Rename"
<a id='L2656' name='L2656'></a>.SH "Mask Copy/Rename"
<a id='L2657' name='L2657'></a>The copy/move operations let you translate the names of files in an
<a id='L2658' name='L2658'></a>easy way.  To do it, you have to specify the correct source mask and
<a id='L2659' name='L2659'></a>usually in the trailing part of the destination specify some wildcards.
<a id='L2660' name='L2660'></a>All the files matching the source mask are copied/renamed according to
<a id='L2661' name='L2661'></a>the target mask.  If there are tagged files, only the tagged files
<a id='L2662' name='L2662'></a>matching the source mask are renamed.
<a id='L2663' name='L2663'></a>.PP
<a id='L2664' name='L2664'></a>There are other options which you can set:
<a id='L2665' name='L2665'></a>.PP
<a id='L2666' name='L2666'></a>.B Follow links
<a id='L2667' name='L2667'></a>.PP
<a id='L2668' name='L2668'></a>determines whether make the symlinks and hardlinks in the source
<a id='L2669' name='L2669'></a>directory (recursively in subdirectories) new links in the target
<a id='L2670' name='L2670'></a>directory or whether would you like to copy their content.
<a id='L2671' name='L2671'></a>.PP
<a id='L2672' name='L2672'></a>.B Dive into subdirs
<a id='L2673' name='L2673'></a>.PP
<a id='L2674' name='L2674'></a>determines the behavior when the source directory is about to be copied,
<a id='L2675' name='L2675'></a>but the target directory already exists.  The default action is to copy
<a id='L2676' name='L2676'></a>the contents of the source directory into the target directory.
<a id='L2677' name='L2677'></a>Enabling this option causes copying the source directory itself into the
<a id='L2678' name='L2678'></a>target directory.
<a id='L2679' name='L2679'></a>.PP
<a id='L2680' name='L2680'></a>For example, you want to copy directory
<a id='L2681' name='L2681'></a>.I /foo
<a id='L2682' name='L2682'></a>containing file
<a id='L2683' name='L2683'></a>.I bar
<a id='L2684' name='L2684'></a>to
<a id='L2685' name='L2685'></a>.IR /bla/foo ,
<a id='L2686' name='L2686'></a>which is an already existing directory.  Normally (when
<a id='L2687' name='L2687'></a>.B Dive into subdirs
<a id='L2688' name='L2688'></a>is not set), mc would copy file
<a id='L2689' name='L2689'></a>.I /foo/bar
<a id='L2690' name='L2690'></a>into the file
<a id='L2691' name='L2691'></a>.IR /bla/foo/bar .
<a id='L2692' name='L2692'></a>By enabling this option the
<a id='L2693' name='L2693'></a>.I /bla/foo/foo
<a id='L2694' name='L2694'></a>directory will be created, and
<a id='L2695' name='L2695'></a>.I /foo/bar
<a id='L2696' name='L2696'></a>will be copied into
<a id='L2697' name='L2697'></a>.IR /bla/foo/foo/bar .
<a id='L2698' name='L2698'></a>.PP
<a id='L2699' name='L2699'></a>.B Preserve attributes
<a id='L2700' name='L2700'></a>.PP
<a id='L2701' name='L2701'></a>determines whether to preserve the permissions, timestamps and (if you
<a id='L2702' name='L2702'></a>are root) the ownership of the original files.  If this option is not
<a id='L2703' name='L2703'></a>set, the current value of the umask will be respected.
<a id='L2704' name='L2704'></a>.PP
<a id='L2705' name='L2705'></a>.B Use shell patterns
<a id='L2706' name='L2706'></a>.PP
<a id='L2707' name='L2707'></a>When this option is on you can use the '*' and '?' wildcards in the source
<a id='L2708' name='L2708'></a>mask. They work like they do in the shell. In the target mask only the '*'
<a id='L2709' name='L2709'></a>and '\\&lt;digit&gt;' wildcards are allowed. The first '*' wildcard in the target
<a id='L2710' name='L2710'></a>mask corresponds to the first wildcard group in the source mask,
<a id='L2711' name='L2711'></a>the second '*' corresponds to the second group and so on.  The '\\1' wildcard
<a id='L2712' name='L2712'></a>corresponds to the first wildcard group in the source mask, the '\\2' wildcard
<a id='L2713' name='L2713'></a>corresponds to the second group and so on all the way up to '\\9'.
<a id='L2714' name='L2714'></a>The '\\0' wildcard is the whole filename of the source file.
<a id='L2715' name='L2715'></a>.PP
<a id='L2716' name='L2716'></a>Two examples:
<a id='L2717' name='L2717'></a>.PP
<a id='L2718' name='L2718'></a>If the source mask is "*.tar.gz", the destination is "/bla/*.tgz" and the
<a id='L2719' name='L2719'></a>file to be copied is "foo.tar.gz", the copy will be "foo.tgz" in "/bla".
<a id='L2720' name='L2720'></a>.PP
<a id='L2721' name='L2721'></a>Suppose you want to swap basename and extension so that "file.c" would
<a id='L2722' name='L2722'></a>become "c.file" and so on.  The source mask for this is "*.*" and the
<a id='L2723' name='L2723'></a>destination is "\\2.\\1".
<a id='L2724' name='L2724'></a>.PP
<a id='L2725' name='L2725'></a>.B Use shell patterns off
<a id='L2726' name='L2726'></a>.PP
<a id='L2727' name='L2727'></a>When the shell patterns option is off the MC doesn't do automatic
<a id='L2728' name='L2728'></a>grouping anymore. You must use '\\(...\\)' expressions in the source
<a id='L2729' name='L2729'></a>mask to specify meaning for the wildcards in the target mask. This is
<a id='L2730' name='L2730'></a>more flexible but also requires more typing. Otherwise target masks
<a id='L2731' name='L2731'></a>are similar to the situation when the shell patterns option is on.
<a id='L2732' name='L2732'></a>.PP
<a id='L2733' name='L2733'></a>Two examples:
<a id='L2734' name='L2734'></a>.PP
<a id='L2735' name='L2735'></a>If the source mask is "^\\(.*\\)\\.tar\\.gz$", the destination is
<a id='L2736' name='L2736'></a>"/bla/*.tgz" and the file to be copied is "foo.tar.gz", the copy
<a id='L2737' name='L2737'></a>will be "/bla/foo.tgz".
<a id='L2738' name='L2738'></a>.PP
<a id='L2739' name='L2739'></a>Let's suppose you want to swap basename and extension so that "file.c"
<a id='L2740' name='L2740'></a>will become "c.file" and so on. The source mask for this is
<a id='L2741' name='L2741'></a>"^\\(.*\\)\\.\\(.*\\)$" and the destination is "\\2.\\1".
<a id='L2742' name='L2742'></a>.PP
<a id='L2743' name='L2743'></a>.B Case Conversions
<a id='L2744' name='L2744'></a>.PP
<a id='L2745' name='L2745'></a>You can also change the case of the filenames.  If you use '\\u'
<a id='L2746' name='L2746'></a>or '\\l' in the target mask, the next character will be converted to
<a id='L2747' name='L2747'></a>uppercase or lowercase correspondingly.
<a id='L2748' name='L2748'></a>.PP
<a id='L2749' name='L2749'></a>If you use '\\U' or '\\L' in the target mask, the next characters will
<a id='L2750' name='L2750'></a>be converted to uppercase or lowercase correspondingly up to the
<a id='L2751' name='L2751'></a>next '\\E' or next '\\U', '\\L' or the end of the file name.
<a id='L2752' name='L2752'></a>.PP
<a id='L2753' name='L2753'></a>The '\\u' and '\\l' are stronger than '\\U' and '\\L'.
<a id='L2754' name='L2754'></a>.PP
<a id='L2755' name='L2755'></a>For example, if the source mask is '*' (
<a id='L2756' name='L2756'></a>.I Use shell patterns
<a id='L2757' name='L2757'></a>on) or '^\\(.*\\)$' (
<a id='L2758' name='L2758'></a>.I Use shell patterns
<a id='L2759' name='L2759'></a>off) and the target mask is '\\L\\u*' the file names will be converted
<a id='L2760' name='L2760'></a>to have initial upper case and otherwise lower case.
<a id='L2761' name='L2761'></a>.PP
<a id='L2762' name='L2762'></a>You can also use '\\' as a quote character. For example, '\\\\' is
<a id='L2763' name='L2763'></a>a backslash and '\\*' is an asterisk.
<a id='L2764' name='L2764'></a>.PP
<a id='L2765' name='L2765'></a>.B Stable symlinks
<a id='L2766' name='L2766'></a>.PP
<a id='L2767' name='L2767'></a>commands Midnight Commander, that it should change symlinks in the target,
<a id='L2768' name='L2768'></a>so that they'll point to the same location as it did before. With absolute
<a id='L2769' name='L2769'></a>symbolic links this does nothing, but if you have a relative one, it will
<a id='L2770' name='L2770'></a>recompute its value, adding necessary ../ and other directory parts and making
<a id='L2771' name='L2771'></a>the value as short as possible (most modern filesystems keep short symlinks
<a id='L2772' name='L2772'></a>inside inodes and thus don't waste much disk space).
<a id='L2773' name='L2773'></a> 
<a id='L2774' name='L2774'></a>.\"NODE "Select/Unselect Files"
<a id='L2775' name='L2775'></a>.SH "Select/Unselect Files"
<a id='L2776' name='L2776'></a>The dialog of group of files and directories selection or uselection.
<a id='L2777' name='L2777'></a>The
<a id='L2778' name='L2778'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L2779' name='L2779'></a>input line
<a id='L2780' name='L2780'></a>.\"Input Line Keys"
<a id='L2781' name='L2781'></a>allow enter the regular expression of filenames that will be
<a id='L2782' name='L2782'></a>selected/unselected.
<a id='L2783' name='L2783'></a>.PP
<a id='L2784' name='L2784'></a>When
<a id='L2785' name='L2785'></a>.I Files only
<a id='L2786' name='L2786'></a>checkbox is on, only files will be selected.  If
<a id='L2787' name='L2787'></a>.I Files only
<a id='L2788' name='L2788'></a>is off, as files as directories will be selected.
<a id='L2789' name='L2789'></a>When
<a id='L2790' name='L2790'></a>.I Shell Patterns
<a id='L2791' name='L2791'></a>checkbox is on, the regular expression is much like the filename globbing
<a id='L2792' name='L2792'></a>in the shell (* standing for zero or more characters and ?  standing
<a id='L2793' name='L2793'></a>for one character). If
<a id='L2794' name='L2794'></a>.I Shell Patterns
<a id='L2795' name='L2795'></a>is off, then the tagging of files is done with normal regular
<a id='L2796' name='L2796'></a>expressions (see ed (1)). When
<a id='L2797' name='L2797'></a>.I Case sensitive
<a id='L2798' name='L2798'></a>checkbox is on, the selection will be case sensitive characters.
<a id='L2799' name='L2799'></a>If
<a id='L2800' name='L2800'></a>.I Case sensitive
<a id='L2801' name='L2801'></a>is off, the case will be ignored.
<a id='L2802' name='L2802'></a>.\"NODE "Diff Viewer"
<a id='L2803' name='L2803'></a>.SH "Internal Diff Viewer"
<a id='L2804' name='L2804'></a>The mcdiff is a visual diff tool. You can compare two files and edit them
<a id='L2805' name='L2805'></a>in\-place (diffs are updated dynamically). You can browse and view a working
<a id='L2806' name='L2806'></a>copy from popular version control systems (GIT, Subversion, etc).
<a id='L2807' name='L2807'></a>.PP
<a id='L2808' name='L2808'></a>Following shortcuts are available in internal diff viewer of Midnight
<a id='L2809' name='L2809'></a>Commander.
<a id='L2810' name='L2810'></a>.TP
<a id='L2811' name='L2811'></a>.B F1
<a id='L2812' name='L2812'></a>Invoke the built\-in hypertext help viewer.
<a id='L2813' name='L2813'></a>.TP
<a id='L2814' name='L2814'></a>.B F2
<a id='L2815' name='L2815'></a>Save modified files.
<a id='L2816' name='L2816'></a>.TP
<a id='L2817' name='L2817'></a>.B F4
<a id='L2818' name='L2818'></a>Edit file of the left panel in the internal editor.
<a id='L2819' name='L2819'></a>.TP
<a id='L2820' name='L2820'></a>.B F14
<a id='L2821' name='L2821'></a>Edit file of the right panel in the internal editor.
<a id='L2822' name='L2822'></a>.TP
<a id='L2823' name='L2823'></a>.B F5
<a id='L2824' name='L2824'></a>Merge the current hunk. Only the current hunk will be merged.
<a id='L2825' name='L2825'></a>.TP
<a id='L2826' name='L2826'></a>.B F7
<a id='L2827' name='L2827'></a>Start search.
<a id='L2828' name='L2828'></a>.TP
<a id='L2829' name='L2829'></a>.B F17
<a id='L2830' name='L2830'></a>Continue search.
<a id='L2831' name='L2831'></a>.TP
<a id='L2832' name='L2832'></a>.B F10, Esc, q
<a id='L2833' name='L2833'></a>Exit from diff viewer.
<a id='L2834' name='L2834'></a>.TP
<a id='L2835' name='L2835'></a>.B Alt\-s, s
<a id='L2836' name='L2836'></a>Toggle show of hunk status.
<a id='L2837' name='L2837'></a>.TP
<a id='L2838' name='L2838'></a>.B Alt\-n, l
<a id='L2839' name='L2839'></a>Toggle show of line numbers.
<a id='L2840' name='L2840'></a>.TP
<a id='L2841' name='L2841'></a>.B f
<a id='L2842' name='L2842'></a>Maximize left panel.
<a id='L2843' name='L2843'></a>.TP
<a id='L2844' name='L2844'></a>.B =
<a id='L2845' name='L2845'></a>Make panels equal in width.
<a id='L2846' name='L2846'></a>.TP
<a id='L2847' name='L2847'></a>.B &gt;
<a id='L2848' name='L2848'></a>Reduce the size of the right panel.
<a id='L2849' name='L2849'></a>.TP
<a id='L2850' name='L2850'></a>.B &lt;
<a id='L2851' name='L2851'></a>Reduce the size of the left panel.
<a id='L2852' name='L2852'></a>.TP
<a id='L2853' name='L2853'></a>.B c
<a id='L2854' name='L2854'></a>Toggle show of trailing carriage return (CR) symbol as ^M.
<a id='L2855' name='L2855'></a>.TP
<a id='L2856' name='L2856'></a>.B 2, 3, 4, 8
<a id='L2857' name='L2857'></a>Set tabulation size
<a id='L2858' name='L2858'></a>.TP
<a id='L2859' name='L2859'></a>.B C\-u
<a id='L2860' name='L2860'></a>Swap contents of diff panels.
<a id='L2861' name='L2861'></a>.TP
<a id='L2862' name='L2862'></a>.B C\-r
<a id='L2863' name='L2863'></a>Refresh the screen.
<a id='L2864' name='L2864'></a>.TP
<a id='L2865' name='L2865'></a>.B C\-o
<a id='L2866' name='L2866'></a>Switch to the subshell and show the command screen.
<a id='L2867' name='L2867'></a>.TP
<a id='L2868' name='L2868'></a>.B Enter, Space, n
<a id='L2869' name='L2869'></a>Find next diff hunk.
<a id='L2870' name='L2870'></a>.TP
<a id='L2871' name='L2871'></a>.B Backspace, p
<a id='L2872' name='L2872'></a>Find previous diff hunk.
<a id='L2873' name='L2873'></a>.TP
<a id='L2874' name='L2874'></a>.B g
<a id='L2875' name='L2875'></a>Go to line.
<a id='L2876' name='L2876'></a>.TP
<a id='L2877' name='L2877'></a>.B Down
<a id='L2878' name='L2878'></a>Scroll one line forward.
<a id='L2879' name='L2879'></a>.TP
<a id='L2880' name='L2880'></a>.B Up
<a id='L2881' name='L2881'></a>Scroll one line backward.
<a id='L2882' name='L2882'></a>.TP
<a id='L2883' name='L2883'></a>.B PageUp
<a id='L2884' name='L2884'></a>Move one page up.
<a id='L2885' name='L2885'></a>.TP
<a id='L2886' name='L2886'></a>.B PageDown
<a id='L2887' name='L2887'></a>Mves one page down.
<a id='L2888' name='L2888'></a>.TP
<a id='L2889' name='L2889'></a>.B Home, A1
<a id='L2890' name='L2890'></a>Moves to the line beginning.
<a id='L2891' name='L2891'></a>.TP
<a id='L2892' name='L2892'></a>.B End
<a id='L2893' name='L2893'></a>Moves to the line end.
<a id='L2894' name='L2894'></a>.TP
<a id='L2895' name='L2895'></a>.B C\-Home
<a id='L2896' name='L2896'></a>Move to the file beginning.
<a id='L2897' name='L2897'></a>.TP
<a id='L2898' name='L2898'></a>.B C\-End, C1
<a id='L2899' name='L2899'></a>Move to the file end.
<a id='L2900' name='L2900'></a>.\"NODE "Internal File Viewer"
<a id='L2901' name='L2901'></a>.SH "Internal File Viewer"
<a id='L2902' name='L2902'></a>The internal file viewer provides two display modes: ASCII and hex.
<a id='L2903' name='L2903'></a>To toggle between modes, use the F4 key.
<a id='L2904' name='L2904'></a>.PP
<a id='L2905' name='L2905'></a>The viewer will try to use the best method provided by your system or
<a id='L2906' name='L2906'></a>the file type to display the information.
<a id='L2907' name='L2907'></a>Some character sequences, which appear most often in preformatted manual
<a id='L2908' name='L2908'></a>pages, are displayed bold and underlined, thus making a pretty display
<a id='L2909' name='L2909'></a>of your files.
<a id='L2910' name='L2910'></a>.PP
<a id='L2911' name='L2911'></a>When in hex mode, the search function accepts text in quotes and
<a id='L2912' name='L2912'></a>constant numbers.  Text in quotes is matched exactly after removing
<a id='L2913' name='L2913'></a>the quotes.  Each number matches one byte.  You can mix quoted text
<a id='L2914' name='L2914'></a>with constants like this:
<a id='L2915' name='L2915'></a>.PP
<a id='L2916' name='L2916'></a>.nf
<a id='L2917' name='L2917'></a>"String" 34 0xBB 012 "more text"
<a id='L2918' name='L2918'></a>.fi
<a id='L2919' name='L2919'></a>.PP
<a id='L2920' name='L2920'></a>Numbers are always interpreted in hex. In the example above, "34" is
<a id='L2921' name='L2921'></a>interpreted as 0x34. The prefix "0x" isn't really needed: we could type
<a id='L2922' name='L2922'></a>"BB" instead of "0xBB". And "012" is interpreted as 0x12, not as an octal
<a id='L2923' name='L2923'></a>number.
<a id='L2924' name='L2924'></a>.PP
<a id='L2925' name='L2925'></a>Here is a listing of the actions associated with each key that the
<a id='L2926' name='L2926'></a>Midnight Commander handles in the internal file viewer.
<a id='L2927' name='L2927'></a>.TP
<a id='L2928' name='L2928'></a>.B F1
<a id='L2929' name='L2929'></a>Invoke the built\-in hypertext help viewer.
<a id='L2930' name='L2930'></a>.TP
<a id='L2931' name='L2931'></a>.B F2
<a id='L2932' name='L2932'></a>Toggle the wrap mode.
<a id='L2933' name='L2933'></a>.TP
<a id='L2934' name='L2934'></a>.B F4
<a id='L2935' name='L2935'></a>Toggle the hex mode.
<a id='L2936' name='L2936'></a>.TP
<a id='L2937' name='L2937'></a>.B F5
<a id='L2938' name='L2938'></a>Goto. You can specify a line number, offset or percentage of file size
<a id='L2939' name='L2939'></a>of position that you want to view.
<a id='L2940' name='L2940'></a>.TP
<a id='L2941' name='L2941'></a>.B F7, /, ?
<a id='L2942' name='L2942'></a>Start search. These keys call the dialog window that allows you to set up
<a id='L2943' name='L2943'></a>the search options. If key is ? the "Backwards" option is on.
<a id='L2944' name='L2944'></a>.TP
<a id='L2945' name='L2945'></a>.B C\-s
<a id='L2946' name='L2946'></a>Continue forward search.
<a id='L2947' name='L2947'></a>.TP
<a id='L2948' name='L2948'></a>.B C\-r
<a id='L2949' name='L2949'></a>Continue reverse search.
<a id='L2950' name='L2950'></a>.TP
<a id='L2951' name='L2951'></a>.B F17, n
<a id='L2952' name='L2952'></a>Continue search in the chosen direction.
<a id='L2953' name='L2953'></a>.TP
<a id='L2954' name='L2954'></a>.B N
<a id='L2955' name='L2955'></a>Temporary change the search direction: backwards if forward search is chosen,
<a id='L2956' name='L2956'></a>and vice versa.
<a id='L2957' name='L2957'></a>.TP
<a id='L2958' name='L2958'></a>.B F8
<a id='L2959' name='L2959'></a>Toggle Raw/Parsed mode: This will show the file as found on disk or if
<a id='L2960' name='L2960'></a>a processing filter has been specified in the mc.ext file, then the
<a id='L2961' name='L2961'></a>output from the filter. Current mode is always the other than written
<a id='L2962' name='L2962'></a>on the button label, since on the button is the mode which you enter
<a id='L2963' name='L2963'></a>by that key.
<a id='L2964' name='L2964'></a>.TP
<a id='L2965' name='L2965'></a>.B F9
<a id='L2966' name='L2966'></a>Toggle the format/unformat mode: when format mode is on the viewer
<a id='L2967' name='L2967'></a>will interpret some string sequences to show bold and underline with
<a id='L2968' name='L2968'></a>different colors. Also, on button label is the other mode than current.
<a id='L2969' name='L2969'></a>.TP
<a id='L2970' name='L2970'></a>.B F10, Esc.
<a id='L2971' name='L2971'></a>Exit the internal file viewer.
<a id='L2972' name='L2972'></a>.TP
<a id='L2973' name='L2973'></a>.B PageDown, space, C\-v.
<a id='L2974' name='L2974'></a>Scroll one page forward.
<a id='L2975' name='L2975'></a>.TP
<a id='L2976' name='L2976'></a>.B PageUp, Alt\-v, C\-b, Backspace.
<a id='L2977' name='L2977'></a>Scroll one page backward.
<a id='L2978' name='L2978'></a>.TP
<a id='L2979' name='L2979'></a>.B Down
<a id='L2980' name='L2980'></a>Scroll one line forward.
<a id='L2981' name='L2981'></a>.TP
<a id='L2982' name='L2982'></a>.B Up
<a id='L2983' name='L2983'></a>Scroll one line backward.
<a id='L2984' name='L2984'></a>.TP
<a id='L2985' name='L2985'></a>.B C\-l
<a id='L2986' name='L2986'></a>Refresh the screen.
<a id='L2987' name='L2987'></a>.TP
<a id='L2988' name='L2988'></a>.B C\-o
<a id='L2989' name='L2989'></a>Switch to the subshell and show the command screen.
<a id='L2990' name='L2990'></a>.TP
<a id='L2991' name='L2991'></a>.B "[n] m"
<a id='L2992' name='L2992'></a>Set the mark n.
<a id='L2993' name='L2993'></a>.TP
<a id='L2994' name='L2994'></a>.B "[n] r"
<a id='L2995' name='L2995'></a>Jump to the mark n.
<a id='L2996' name='L2996'></a>.TP
<a id='L2997' name='L2997'></a>.B C\-f
<a id='L2998' name='L2998'></a>Jump to the next file.
<a id='L2999' name='L2999'></a>.TP
<a id='L3000' name='L3000'></a>.B C\-b
<a id='L3001' name='L3001'></a>Jump to the previous file.
<a id='L3002' name='L3002'></a>.TP
<a id='L3003' name='L3003'></a>.B Alt\-r
<a id='L3004' name='L3004'></a>Toggle the ruler.
<a id='L3005' name='L3005'></a>.TP
<a id='L3006' name='L3006'></a>.B Alt\-e
<a id='L3007' name='L3007'></a>to change charset of displayed text may use Alt\-e (M\-e).
<a id='L3008' name='L3008'></a>Recoding is made from selected codepage into system codepage. To
<a id='L3009' name='L3009'></a>cancel the recoding you may select "&lt;No translation&gt;" in charset
<a id='L3010' name='L3010'></a>selection dialog.
<a id='L3011' name='L3011'></a>.PP
<a id='L3012' name='L3012'></a>It's possible to instruct the file viewer how to display a file, look
<a id='L3013' name='L3013'></a>at the
<a id='L3014' name='L3014'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L3015' name='L3015'></a>Edit Extension File section
<a id='L3016' name='L3016'></a>.\"Edit Extension File"
<a id='L3017' name='L3017'></a> 
<a id='L3018' name='L3018'></a>.\"NODE "Internal File Editor"
<a id='L3019' name='L3019'></a>.SH "Internal File Editor"
<a id='L3020' name='L3020'></a>The internal file editor is a full\-featured full screen editor.  It can
<a id='L3021' name='L3021'></a>edit files up to 64 megabytes.  It is possible to edit binary files.
<a id='L3022' name='L3022'></a>The internal file editor is invoked using
<a id='L3023' name='L3023'></a>.B F4
<a id='L3024' name='L3024'></a>if the
<a id='L3025' name='L3025'></a>.I use_internal_edit
<a id='L3026' name='L3026'></a>option is set in the initialization file.
<a id='L3027' name='L3027'></a>.PP
<a id='L3028' name='L3028'></a>The features it presently supports are: block copy, move, delete, cut,
<a id='L3029' name='L3029'></a>paste; key for key undo; pull\-down menus; file insertion; macro
<a id='L3030' name='L3030'></a>commands; regular expression search and replace; S\-arrow text highlighting
<a id='L3031' name='L3031'></a>(if supported by the terminal); insert\-overwrite toggle; word wrap;
<a id='L3032' name='L3032'></a>autoindent; tunable tab size; syntax highlighting for various file
<a id='L3033' name='L3033'></a>types; and an option to pipe text blocks through shell commands like
<a id='L3034' name='L3034'></a>indent and ispell.
<a id='L3035' name='L3035'></a>.PP
<a id='L3036' name='L3036'></a>Sections:
<a id='L3037' name='L3037'></a>.IP
<a id='L3038' name='L3038'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L3039' name='L3039'></a>Options of editor in ini\-file
<a id='L3040' name='L3040'></a>.\"Internal File Editor / options"
<a id='L3041' name='L3041'></a>.PP
<a id='L3042' name='L3042'></a>The editor is very easy to use and requires no tutoring. To see what
<a id='L3043' name='L3043'></a>keys do what, just consult the appropriate pull\-down menu. Other keys
<a id='L3044' name='L3044'></a>are: Shift movement keys do text highlighting.
<a id='L3045' name='L3045'></a>.B C\-Ins
<a id='L3046' name='L3046'></a>copies to the file
<a id='L3047' name='L3047'></a>.B mcedit.clip
<a id='L3048' name='L3048'></a>and
<a id='L3049' name='L3049'></a>.B S\-Ins
<a id='L3050' name='L3050'></a>pastes from mcedit.clip.
<a id='L3051' name='L3051'></a>.B S\-Del
<a id='L3052' name='L3052'></a>cuts to
<a id='L3053' name='L3053'></a>.BR mcedit.clip ,
<a id='L3054' name='L3054'></a>and
<a id='L3055' name='L3055'></a>.B C\-Del
<a id='L3056' name='L3056'></a>deletes highlighted text. Mouse highlighting also works, and you
<a id='L3057' name='L3057'></a>can override the mouse as usual by holding down the shift key
<a id='L3058' name='L3058'></a>while dragging the mouse to let normal terminal mouse highlighting
<a id='L3059' name='L3059'></a>work.
<a id='L3060' name='L3060'></a>.PP
<a id='L3061' name='L3061'></a>To define a macro, press
<a id='L3062' name='L3062'></a>.B C\-R
<a id='L3063' name='L3063'></a>and then type out the key
<a id='L3064' name='L3064'></a>strokes you want to be executed. Press
<a id='L3065' name='L3065'></a>.B C\-R
<a id='L3066' name='L3066'></a>again when finished. You can then assign the macro to any key you
<a id='L3067' name='L3067'></a>like by pressing that key. The macro is executed when you press
<a id='L3068' name='L3068'></a>.B C\-A
<a id='L3069' name='L3069'></a>and then the assigned key. The macro is also executed if
<a id='L3070' name='L3070'></a>you press Meta, Ctrl, or Esc and the assigned key, provided that the
<a id='L3071' name='L3071'></a>key is not used for any other function. Once defined, the macro
<a id='L3072' name='L3072'></a>commands go into the file
<a id='L3073' name='L3073'></a>.B ~/.local/share/mc/mcedit/mcedit.macros
<a id='L3074' name='L3074'></a>You can delete a macro by deleting the
<a id='L3075' name='L3075'></a>appropriate line in this file.
<a id='L3076' name='L3076'></a>.PP
<a id='L3077' name='L3077'></a>To change charset of displayed text may use Alt\-e (M\-e).
<a id='L3078' name='L3078'></a>Recoding is made from selected codepage into system codepage. To
<a id='L3079' name='L3079'></a>cancel the recoding you may select "&lt;No translation&gt;" in charset
<a id='L3080' name='L3080'></a>selection dialog.
<a id='L3081' name='L3081'></a>.PP
<a id='L3082' name='L3082'></a>.B F19
<a id='L3083' name='L3083'></a>will format the currently highlighted block (plain text or C or C++
<a id='L3084' name='L3084'></a>code or another). This is controlled by the
<a id='L3085' name='L3085'></a>file
<a id='L3086' name='L3086'></a>.B %prefix%/share/mc/edit.indent.rc
<a id='L3087' name='L3087'></a>which is copied to
<a id='L3088' name='L3088'></a>.B ~/.local/share/mc/mcedit/edit.indent.rc
<a id='L3089' name='L3089'></a>in your home directory the first time you use it.
<a id='L3090' name='L3090'></a>.PP
<a id='L3091' name='L3091'></a>The editor also displays non\-us characters (160+). When editing
<a id='L3092' name='L3092'></a>binary files, you should set
<a id='L3093' name='L3093'></a>.B display bits
<a id='L3094' name='L3094'></a>to 7 bits in the options menu to keep the spacing clean.
<a id='L3095' name='L3095'></a> 
<a id='L3096' name='L3096'></a>.\"NODE "Internal File Editor / options"
<a id='L3097' name='L3097'></a>.SH "Options of editor in ini\-file"
<a id='L3098' name='L3098'></a> 
<a id='L3099' name='L3099'></a>Some editor options of ini\-file are described in this section.
<a id='L3100' name='L3100'></a>Options are placed in [Midnight\-Commander] section
<a id='L3101' name='L3101'></a>.TP
<a id='L3102' name='L3102'></a>.I editor_wordcompletion_collect_entire_file
<a id='L3103' name='L3103'></a>Search autocomplete candidates in entire of file or just from
<a id='L3104' name='L3104'></a>begin of file to cursor position (0)
<a id='L3105' name='L3105'></a> 
<a id='L3106' name='L3106'></a>.\"NODE "Screen selector"
<a id='L3107' name='L3107'></a>.SH "Screen selector"
<a id='L3108' name='L3108'></a>Midnight Commander supports running many internal modules (such as
<a id='L3109' name='L3109'></a>editor, viewer and diff viewer) simultaneously and switching between
<a id='L3110' name='L3110'></a>them without closing open files. Using several file managers at a time,
<a id='L3111' name='L3111'></a>however, is not currently supported.
<a id='L3112' name='L3112'></a>.PP
<a id='L3113' name='L3113'></a>Let's call each of these modules a screen. There are three ways to
<a id='L3114' name='L3114'></a>switch between screens, using one of these global shortcuts:
<a id='L3115' name='L3115'></a>.TP
<a id='L3116' name='L3116'></a>.B Alt\-}
<a id='L3117' name='L3117'></a>switch to the next screen;
<a id='L3118' name='L3118'></a>.TP
<a id='L3119' name='L3119'></a>.B Alt\-{
<a id='L3120' name='L3120'></a>switch to the previous screen;
<a id='L3121' name='L3121'></a>.TP
<a id='L3122' name='L3122'></a>.B Alt\-`
<a id='L3123' name='L3123'></a>open a dialog window with the list of currently open screens (or use the
<a id='L3124' name='L3124'></a>"Screen list" menu item).
<a id='L3125' name='L3125'></a>.\"NODE "Completion"
<a id='L3126' name='L3126'></a>.SH "Completion"
<a id='L3127' name='L3127'></a>Let Midnight Commander type for you.
<a id='L3128' name='L3128'></a>.PP
<a id='L3129' name='L3129'></a>Attempt to perform completion on the text before current position.  MC
<a id='L3130' name='L3130'></a>attempts completion treating the text as variable (if the text begins
<a id='L3131' name='L3131'></a>with
<a id='L3132' name='L3132'></a>.BR $ ),
<a id='L3133' name='L3133'></a>username (if the text begins with
<a id='L3134' name='L3134'></a>.BR ~ ),
<a id='L3135' name='L3135'></a>hostname (if the text begins with
<a id='L3136' name='L3136'></a>.BR @ )
<a id='L3137' name='L3137'></a>or command (if you are on the command line in the position where you
<a id='L3138' name='L3138'></a>might type a command, possible completions then include shell reserved
<a id='L3139' name='L3139'></a>words and shell built\-in commands as well) in turn.  If none of these
<a id='L3140' name='L3140'></a>matches, filename completion is attempted.
<a id='L3141' name='L3141'></a>.PP
<a id='L3142' name='L3142'></a>Filename, username, variable and hostname completion works on all input
<a id='L3143' name='L3143'></a>lines, command completion is command line specific.  If the completion
<a id='L3144' name='L3144'></a>is ambiguous (there are more different possibilities), MC beeps and the
<a id='L3145' name='L3145'></a>following action depends on the setting of the
<a id='L3146' name='L3146'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L3147' name='L3147'></a>Complete: show all
<a id='L3148' name='L3148'></a>.\"Configuration"
<a id='L3149' name='L3149'></a>option in the
<a id='L3150' name='L3150'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L3151' name='L3151'></a>Configuration
<a id='L3152' name='L3152'></a>.\"Configuration"
<a id='L3153' name='L3153'></a>dialog.  If it is enabled, a list of all possibilities pops up next to
<a id='L3154' name='L3154'></a>the current position and you can select with the arrow keys and
<a id='L3155' name='L3155'></a>.B Enter
<a id='L3156' name='L3156'></a>the correct entry.  You can also type the first letters in which the
<a id='L3157' name='L3157'></a>possibilities differ to move to a subset of all possibilities and
<a id='L3158' name='L3158'></a>complete as much as possible.  If you press
<a id='L3159' name='L3159'></a>.B Alt\-Tab
<a id='L3160' name='L3160'></a>again, only the subset will be shown in the listbox, otherwise the first
<a id='L3161' name='L3161'></a>item which matches all the previous characters will be highlighted.  As
<a id='L3162' name='L3162'></a>soon as there is no ambiguity, dialog disappears, but you can hide it by
<a id='L3163' name='L3163'></a>canceling keys
<a id='L3164' name='L3164'></a>.BR Esc ,
<a id='L3165' name='L3165'></a>.B F10
<a id='L3166' name='L3166'></a>and left and right arrow keys. If
<a id='L3167' name='L3167'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L3168' name='L3168'></a>Complete: show all
<a id='L3169' name='L3169'></a>.\"Configuration"
<a id='L3170' name='L3170'></a>is disabled, the dialog pops up only if you press
<a id='L3171' name='L3171'></a>.B Alt\-Tab
<a id='L3172' name='L3172'></a>for the second time, for the first time MC just beeps.
<a id='L3173' name='L3173'></a>.PP
<a id='L3174' name='L3174'></a>Apply escaping of \fB?\fR, \fB*\fR, and \fB&amp;\fR symbols (as \fB\\?\fR, \fB\\*\fR,
<a id='L3175' name='L3175'></a>and \fB\\&amp;\fR) in filenames to disallow use them as metasymbols in regular
<a id='L3176' name='L3176'></a>expressions when substitution is performed in the input line.
<a id='L3177' name='L3177'></a> 
<a id='L3178' name='L3178'></a>.\"NODE "Virtual File System"
<a id='L3179' name='L3179'></a>.SH "Virtual File System"
<a id='L3180' name='L3180'></a>Midnight Commander is provided with a code layer to access the file
<a id='L3181' name='L3181'></a>system; this code layer is known as the virtual file system switch.  The
<a id='L3182' name='L3182'></a>virtual file system switch allows Midnight Commander to manipulate
<a id='L3183' name='L3183'></a>files not located on the Unix file system.
<a id='L3184' name='L3184'></a>.PP
<a id='L3185' name='L3185'></a>Currently, Midnight Commander is packaged with some Virtual File
<a id='L3186' name='L3186'></a>Systems (VFS): the
<a id='L3187' name='L3187'></a>.I local
<a id='L3188' name='L3188'></a>file system, used for accessing the regular Unix file system; the
<a id='L3189' name='L3189'></a>.IR ftpfs ,
<a id='L3190' name='L3190'></a>used to manipulate files on remote systems with the FTP protocol; the
<a id='L3191' name='L3191'></a>.IR tarfs ,
<a id='L3192' name='L3192'></a>used to manipulate tar and compressed tar files; the
<a id='L3193' name='L3193'></a>.IR undelfs ,
<a id='L3194' name='L3194'></a>used to recover deleted files on ext2 file systems (the default file
<a id='L3195' name='L3195'></a>system for Linux systems),
<a id='L3196' name='L3196'></a>.I fish
<a id='L3197' name='L3197'></a>(for manipulating files over shell connections such as rsh and ssh).
<a id='L3198' name='L3198'></a>If the code was compiled with
<a id='L3199' name='L3199'></a>.I sftpfs
<a id='L3200' name='L3200'></a>(for manipulating files over SFTP connections).
<a id='L3201' name='L3201'></a>If the code was compiled with
<a id='L3202' name='L3202'></a>.I smbfs
<a id='L3203' name='L3203'></a>support, you can manipulate files on remote systems with the SMB (CIFS)
<a id='L3204' name='L3204'></a>protocol.
<a id='L3205' name='L3205'></a>.PP
<a id='L3206' name='L3206'></a>A generic
<a id='L3207' name='L3207'></a>.I extfs
<a id='L3208' name='L3208'></a>(EXTernal virtual File System) is provided in order to easily expand
<a id='L3209' name='L3209'></a>VFS capabilities using scripts and external software.
<a id='L3210' name='L3210'></a>.PP
<a id='L3211' name='L3211'></a>The VFS switch code will interpret all of the path names used and will
<a id='L3212' name='L3212'></a>forward them to the correct file system, the formats used for each one
<a id='L3213' name='L3213'></a>of the file systems is described later in their own section.
<a id='L3214' name='L3214'></a>.\"NODE "  FTP File System"
<a id='L3215' name='L3215'></a>.SH "  FTP File System"
<a id='L3216' name='L3216'></a>The FTP File System (ftpfs) allows you to manipulate files on remote
<a id='L3217' name='L3217'></a>machines.  To actually use it, you can use the
<a id='L3218' name='L3218'></a>.I FTP link
<a id='L3219' name='L3219'></a>item in the menu or directly change your current directory using the
<a id='L3220' name='L3220'></a>.I cd
<a id='L3221' name='L3221'></a>command to a path name that looks like this:
<a id='L3222' name='L3222'></a>.PP
<a id='L3223' name='L3223'></a>.I ftp://[!][user[:pass]@]machine[:port][remote\-dir]
<a id='L3224' name='L3224'></a>.PP
<a id='L3225' name='L3225'></a>The
<a id='L3226' name='L3226'></a>.IR user ,
<a id='L3227' name='L3227'></a>.I port
<a id='L3228' name='L3228'></a>and
<a id='L3229' name='L3229'></a>.I remote\-dir
<a id='L3230' name='L3230'></a>elements are optional.  If you specify the
<a id='L3231' name='L3231'></a>.I user
<a id='L3232' name='L3232'></a>element, Midnight Commander will login to the remote machine as that
<a id='L3233' name='L3233'></a>user, otherwise it will use anonymous login or the login name from the
<a id='L3234' name='L3234'></a>.I ~/.netrc
<a id='L3235' name='L3235'></a>file.  The optional
<a id='L3236' name='L3236'></a>.I pass
<a id='L3237' name='L3237'></a>element is the password used for the connection.  Using the password in
<a id='L3238' name='L3238'></a>the VFS directory name is not recommended, because it can appear on the
<a id='L3239' name='L3239'></a>screen in clear text and can be saved to the directory history.
<a id='L3240' name='L3240'></a>.PP
<a id='L3241' name='L3241'></a>To enable using FTP proxy, prepend
<a id='L3242' name='L3242'></a>.B !
<a id='L3243' name='L3243'></a>(an exclamation sign) to the hostname.
<a id='L3244' name='L3244'></a>.PP
<a id='L3245' name='L3245'></a>Examples:
<a id='L3246' name='L3246'></a>.PP
<a id='L3247' name='L3247'></a>.nf
<a id='L3248' name='L3248'></a>    ftp://ftp.nuclecu.unam.mx/linux/local
<a id='L3249' name='L3249'></a>    ftp://tsx\-11.mit.edu/pub/linux/packages
<a id='L3250' name='L3250'></a>    ftp://!behind.firewall.edu/pub
<a id='L3251' name='L3251'></a>    ftp://guest@remote\-host.com:40/pub
<a id='L3252' name='L3252'></a>    ftp://miguel:xxx@server/pub
<a id='L3253' name='L3253'></a>.fi
<a id='L3254' name='L3254'></a>.PP
<a id='L3255' name='L3255'></a>Please check the
<a id='L3256' name='L3256'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L3257' name='L3257'></a>Virtual File System
<a id='L3258' name='L3258'></a>.\"Virtual FS"
<a id='L3259' name='L3259'></a>dialog box for ftpfs options.
<a id='L3260' name='L3260'></a>.\"NODE "  Tar File System"
<a id='L3261' name='L3261'></a>.SH "  Tar File System"
<a id='L3262' name='L3262'></a>The tar file system provides you with read\-only access to your tar
<a id='L3263' name='L3263'></a>files and compressed tar files by using the chdir command.  To change
<a id='L3264' name='L3264'></a>your directory to a tar file, you change your current directory to the
<a id='L3265' name='L3265'></a>tar file by using the following syntax:
<a id='L3266' name='L3266'></a>.PP
<a id='L3267' name='L3267'></a>.I /filename.tar/utar://[dir\-inside\-tar]
<a id='L3268' name='L3268'></a>.PP
<a id='L3269' name='L3269'></a>The mc.ext file already provides a shortcut for tar files, this means
<a id='L3270' name='L3270'></a>that usually you just point to a tar file and press return to enter
<a id='L3271' name='L3271'></a>into the tar file, see the
<a id='L3272' name='L3272'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L3273' name='L3273'></a>Edit Extension File
<a id='L3274' name='L3274'></a>.\"Edit Extension File"
<a id='L3275' name='L3275'></a>section for details on how this is done.
<a id='L3276' name='L3276'></a>.PP
<a id='L3277' name='L3277'></a>Examples:
<a id='L3278' name='L3278'></a>.PP
<a id='L3279' name='L3279'></a>.nf
<a id='L3280' name='L3280'></a>    mc\-3.0.tar.gz/utar://mc\-3.0/vfs
<a id='L3281' name='L3281'></a>    /ftp/GCC/gcc\-2.7.0.tar/utar://
<a id='L3282' name='L3282'></a>.fi
<a id='L3283' name='L3283'></a>.PP
<a id='L3284' name='L3284'></a>The latter specifies the full path of the tar archive.
<a id='L3285' name='L3285'></a>.\"NODE "  FIle transfer over SHell filesystem"
<a id='L3286' name='L3286'></a>.SH "  FIle transfer over SHell filesystem"
<a id='L3287' name='L3287'></a>The fish file system is a network based file system that allows you to
<a id='L3288' name='L3288'></a>manipulate the files in a remote machine as if they were local. To use
<a id='L3289' name='L3289'></a>this, the other side has to either run fish server, or has to have
<a id='L3290' name='L3290'></a>bash\-compatible shell.
<a id='L3291' name='L3291'></a>.PP
<a id='L3292' name='L3292'></a>To connect to a remote machine, you just need to chdir
<a id='L3293' name='L3293'></a>into a special directory which name is in the following
<a id='L3294' name='L3294'></a>format:
<a id='L3295' name='L3295'></a>.PP
<a id='L3296' name='L3296'></a>.I sh://[user@]machine[:options]/[remote\-dir]
<a id='L3297' name='L3297'></a>.PP
<a id='L3298' name='L3298'></a>The
<a id='L3299' name='L3299'></a>.I user,
<a id='L3300' name='L3300'></a>.I options
<a id='L3301' name='L3301'></a>and
<a id='L3302' name='L3302'></a>.I remote\-dir
<a id='L3303' name='L3303'></a>elements are optional.  If you specify the
<a id='L3304' name='L3304'></a>.I user
<a id='L3305' name='L3305'></a>element, Midnight Commander will try to login on the remote
<a id='L3306' name='L3306'></a>machine as that user, otherwise it will use your login name.
<a id='L3307' name='L3307'></a>.PP
<a id='L3308' name='L3308'></a>The available
<a id='L3309' name='L3309'></a>.I options
<a id='L3310' name='L3310'></a>are:
<a id='L3311' name='L3311'></a>.nf
<a id='L3312' name='L3312'></a>  'C' \- use compression;
<a id='L3313' name='L3313'></a>  'r' \- use rsh instead of ssh;
<a id='L3314' name='L3314'></a>  port \- specify the port used by remote server.
<a id='L3315' name='L3315'></a>.fi
<a id='L3316' name='L3316'></a>If the
<a id='L3317' name='L3317'></a>.I remote\-dir
<a id='L3318' name='L3318'></a>element is present, your current directory on the remote machine will be
<a id='L3319' name='L3319'></a>set to this one.
<a id='L3320' name='L3320'></a>.PP
<a id='L3321' name='L3321'></a>Examples:
<a id='L3322' name='L3322'></a>.PP
<a id='L3323' name='L3323'></a>.nf
<a id='L3324' name='L3324'></a>    sh://onlyrsh.mx:r/linux/local
<a id='L3325' name='L3325'></a>    sh://joe@want.compression.edu:C/private
<a id='L3326' name='L3326'></a>    sh://joe@noncompressed.ssh.edu/private
<a id='L3327' name='L3327'></a>    sh://joe@somehost.ssh.edu:2222/private
<a id='L3328' name='L3328'></a>.fi
<a id='L3329' name='L3329'></a>.\"NODE "  SFTP (SSH File Transfer Protocol) filesystem"
<a id='L3330' name='L3330'></a>.SH "  SFTP (SSH File Transfer Protocol) filesystem"
<a id='L3331' name='L3331'></a>The SFTP file system is a network based file system that allows you to
<a id='L3332' name='L3332'></a>manipulate the files in a remote machine as if they were local.
<a id='L3333' name='L3333'></a>.PP
<a id='L3334' name='L3334'></a>To connect to a remote machine, you just need to chdir
<a id='L3335' name='L3335'></a>into a special directory which name is in the following
<a id='L3336' name='L3336'></a>format:
<a id='L3337' name='L3337'></a>.PP
<a id='L3338' name='L3338'></a>.I sftp://[user@]machine:[port]/[remote\-dir]
<a id='L3339' name='L3339'></a>.PP
<a id='L3340' name='L3340'></a>The
<a id='L3341' name='L3341'></a>.I user,
<a id='L3342' name='L3342'></a>.I port
<a id='L3343' name='L3343'></a>and
<a id='L3344' name='L3344'></a>.I remote\-dir
<a id='L3345' name='L3345'></a>elements are optional.  If you specify the
<a id='L3346' name='L3346'></a>.I user
<a id='L3347' name='L3347'></a>element, Midnight Commander will try to login on the remote
<a id='L3348' name='L3348'></a>machine as that user, otherwise it will use your login name.
<a id='L3349' name='L3349'></a>.I port
<a id='L3350' name='L3350'></a>\- specify the port used by remote server (22 by default).
<a id='L3351' name='L3351'></a>If the
<a id='L3352' name='L3352'></a>.I remote\-dir
<a id='L3353' name='L3353'></a>element is present, your current directory on the remote machine will be
<a id='L3354' name='L3354'></a>set to this one.
<a id='L3355' name='L3355'></a>.PP
<a id='L3356' name='L3356'></a>Examples:
<a id='L3357' name='L3357'></a>.PP
<a id='L3358' name='L3358'></a>.nf
<a id='L3359' name='L3359'></a>    sftp://onlyrsh.mx/linux/local
<a id='L3360' name='L3360'></a>    sftp://joe:password@want.compression.edu/private
<a id='L3361' name='L3361'></a>    sftp://joe@noncompressed.ssh.edu/private
<a id='L3362' name='L3362'></a>    sftp://joe@somehost.ssh.edu:2222/private
<a id='L3363' name='L3363'></a>.fi
<a id='L3364' name='L3364'></a>.\"NODE "  Undelete File System"
<a id='L3365' name='L3365'></a>.SH "  Undelete File System"
<a id='L3366' name='L3366'></a>On Linux systems, if you asked configure to use the ext2fs undelete
<a id='L3367' name='L3367'></a>facilities, you will have the undelete file system available.
<a id='L3368' name='L3368'></a>Recovery of deleted files is only available on ext2 file systems.  The
<a id='L3369' name='L3369'></a>undelete file system is just an interface to the ext2fs library to
<a id='L3370' name='L3370'></a>retrieve all of the deleted files names on an ext2fs and provides and
<a id='L3371' name='L3371'></a>to extract the selected files into a regular partition.
<a id='L3372' name='L3372'></a>.PP
<a id='L3373' name='L3373'></a>To use this file system, you have to chdir into the special file name
<a id='L3374' name='L3374'></a>formed by the "undel://" prefix and the file name where the actual
<a id='L3375' name='L3375'></a>file system resides.
<a id='L3376' name='L3376'></a>.PP
<a id='L3377' name='L3377'></a>For example, to recover deleted files on the second partition of the
<a id='L3378' name='L3378'></a>first SCSI disk on Linux, you would use the following path name:
<a id='L3379' name='L3379'></a>.PP
<a id='L3380' name='L3380'></a>.nf
<a id='L3381' name='L3381'></a>    undel://sda2
<a id='L3382' name='L3382'></a>.fi
<a id='L3383' name='L3383'></a>.PP
<a id='L3384' name='L3384'></a>It may take a while for the undelfs to load the required information
<a id='L3385' name='L3385'></a>before you start browsing files there.
<a id='L3386' name='L3386'></a>.\"NODE "  SMB File System"
<a id='L3387' name='L3387'></a>.SH "  SMB File System"
<a id='L3388' name='L3388'></a>The smbfs allows you to manipulate files on remote machines with SMB
<a id='L3389' name='L3389'></a>(or CIFS) protocol.  These include Windows for Workgroups,
<a id='L3390' name='L3390'></a>Windows 9x/ME/XP, Windows NT, Windows 2000 and Samba.
<a id='L3391' name='L3391'></a>To actually use it, you may try to use the panel command "SMB link..."
<a id='L3392' name='L3392'></a>(accessible from the menubar) or you may directly change your current
<a id='L3393' name='L3393'></a>directory to it using the cd command to a path name that looks like this:
<a id='L3394' name='L3394'></a>.PP
<a id='L3395' name='L3395'></a>.I smb://[user@]machine[/service][/remote\-dir]
<a id='L3396' name='L3396'></a>.PP
<a id='L3397' name='L3397'></a>The
<a id='L3398' name='L3398'></a>.IR user ,
<a id='L3399' name='L3399'></a>.I service
<a id='L3400' name='L3400'></a>and
<a id='L3401' name='L3401'></a>.I remote\-dir
<a id='L3402' name='L3402'></a>elements are optional.
<a id='L3403' name='L3403'></a>The
<a id='L3404' name='L3404'></a>.IR user ,
<a id='L3405' name='L3405'></a>.I domain
<a id='L3406' name='L3406'></a>and
<a id='L3407' name='L3407'></a>.I password
<a id='L3408' name='L3408'></a>can be specified in an input dialog.
<a id='L3409' name='L3409'></a>.PP
<a id='L3410' name='L3410'></a>Examples:
<a id='L3411' name='L3411'></a>.PP
<a id='L3412' name='L3412'></a>.nf
<a id='L3413' name='L3413'></a>    smb://machine/Share
<a id='L3414' name='L3414'></a>    smb://other_machine
<a id='L3415' name='L3415'></a>    smb://guest@machine/Public/Irlex
<a id='L3416' name='L3416'></a>.fi
<a id='L3417' name='L3417'></a>.\"NODE "  EXTernal File System"
<a id='L3418' name='L3418'></a>.SH "  EXTernal File System"
<a id='L3419' name='L3419'></a>.B extfs
<a id='L3420' name='L3420'></a>allows you to integrate numerous features and file types into GNU Midnight
<a id='L3421' name='L3421'></a>Commander in an easy way, by writing scripts.
<a id='L3422' name='L3422'></a>.PP
<a id='L3423' name='L3423'></a>Extfs filesystems can be divided into two categories:
<a id='L3424' name='L3424'></a>.PP
<a id='L3425' name='L3425'></a>1. Stand\-alone filesystems, which are not associated with any existing
<a id='L3426' name='L3426'></a>file.  They represent certain system\-wide data as a directory tree.
<a id='L3427' name='L3427'></a>You can invoke them by typing
<a id='L3428' name='L3428'></a>.I "cd fsname://"
<a id='L3429' name='L3429'></a>where fsname is an extfs short name (see below).  Examples of such
<a id='L3430' name='L3430'></a>filesystems include audio (list audio tracks on the CD) or apt (list of
<a id='L3431' name='L3431'></a>all Debian packages in the system).
<a id='L3432' name='L3432'></a>.PP
<a id='L3433' name='L3433'></a>For example, to list CD\-Audio tracks on your CD\-ROM drive, type
<a id='L3434' name='L3434'></a>.PP
<a id='L3435' name='L3435'></a>.nf
<a id='L3436' name='L3436'></a>  cd audio://
<a id='L3437' name='L3437'></a>.fi
<a id='L3438' name='L3438'></a>.PP
<a id='L3439' name='L3439'></a>2. 'Archive' filesystems (like rpm, patchfs and more), which represent
<a id='L3440' name='L3440'></a>contents of a file as a directory tree.  It can consist of 'real' files
<a id='L3441' name='L3441'></a>compressed in an archive (urar, rpm) or virtual files, like messages
<a id='L3442' name='L3442'></a>in a mailbox (mailfs) or parts of a patch (patchfs).  To access such
<a id='L3443' name='L3443'></a>filesystems
<a id='L3444' name='L3444'></a>.I fsname://
<a id='L3445' name='L3445'></a>should be appended to the archive name.  Note that the archive itself
<a id='L3446' name='L3446'></a>can be on another vfs.
<a id='L3447' name='L3447'></a>.PP
<a id='L3448' name='L3448'></a>For example, to list contents of a zip archive documents.zip type
<a id='L3449' name='L3449'></a>.PP
<a id='L3450' name='L3450'></a>.nf
<a id='L3451' name='L3451'></a>  cd documents.zip/uzip://
<a id='L3452' name='L3452'></a>.fi
<a id='L3453' name='L3453'></a>.PP
<a id='L3454' name='L3454'></a>In many aspects, you could treat extfs like any other directory.  For
<a id='L3455' name='L3455'></a>instance, you can add it to the hotlist or change to it from directory
<a id='L3456' name='L3456'></a>history.  An important limitation is that you cannot invoke shell
<a id='L3457' name='L3457'></a>commands inside extfs, just like any other non\-local VFS.
<a id='L3458' name='L3458'></a>.PP
<a id='L3459' name='L3459'></a>Common extfs scripts included with Midnight Commander are:
<a id='L3460' name='L3460'></a>.TP
<a id='L3461' name='L3461'></a>.B a
<a id='L3462' name='L3462'></a>access 'A:' DOS/Windows diskette
<a id='L3463' name='L3463'></a>.RI ( "cd a://" ).
<a id='L3464' name='L3464'></a>.TP
<a id='L3465' name='L3465'></a>.B apt
<a id='L3466' name='L3466'></a>front end to Debian's APT package management system
<a id='L3467' name='L3467'></a>.RI ( "cd apt://" ).
<a id='L3468' name='L3468'></a>.TP
<a id='L3469' name='L3469'></a>.B audio
<a id='L3470' name='L3470'></a>audio CD ripping and playing
<a id='L3471' name='L3471'></a>.RI ( "cd audio://"
<a id='L3472' name='L3472'></a>or
<a id='L3473' name='L3473'></a>.IR "cd device/audio://" ).
<a id='L3474' name='L3474'></a>.TP
<a id='L3475' name='L3475'></a>.B bpp
<a id='L3476' name='L3476'></a>package of Bad Penguin GNU/Linux distribution
<a id='L3477' name='L3477'></a>.RI ( "cd file.bpp/bpp://" ).
<a id='L3478' name='L3478'></a>.TP
<a id='L3479' name='L3479'></a>.B deb
<a id='L3480' name='L3480'></a>package of Debian GNU/Linux distribution
<a id='L3481' name='L3481'></a>.RI ( "cd file.deb/deb://" ).
<a id='L3482' name='L3482'></a>.TP
<a id='L3483' name='L3483'></a>.B dpkg
<a id='L3484' name='L3484'></a>Debian GNU/Linux installed packages
<a id='L3485' name='L3485'></a>.RI ( "cd deb://" ).
<a id='L3486' name='L3486'></a>.TP
<a id='L3487' name='L3487'></a>.B hp48
<a id='L3488' name='L3488'></a>view and copy files to/from a HP48 calculator
<a id='L3489' name='L3489'></a>.RI ( "cd hp48://" ).
<a id='L3490' name='L3490'></a>.TP
<a id='L3491' name='L3491'></a>.B lslR
<a id='L3492' name='L3492'></a>browsing of lslR listings as found on many FTPs
<a id='L3493' name='L3493'></a>.RI ( "cd filename/lslR://" ).
<a id='L3494' name='L3494'></a>.TP
<a id='L3495' name='L3495'></a>.B mailfs
<a id='L3496' name='L3496'></a>mbox\-style mailbox files support
<a id='L3497' name='L3497'></a>.RI ( "cd mailbox/mailfs://" ).
<a id='L3498' name='L3498'></a>.TP
<a id='L3499' name='L3499'></a>.B patchfs
<a id='L3500' name='L3500'></a>extfs to handle unified and context diffs
<a id='L3501' name='L3501'></a>.RI ( "cd filename/patchfs://" ).
<a id='L3502' name='L3502'></a>.TP
<a id='L3503' name='L3503'></a>.B rpm
<a id='L3504' name='L3504'></a>RPM package
<a id='L3505' name='L3505'></a>.RI ( "cd filename/rpm://" ).
<a id='L3506' name='L3506'></a>.TP
<a id='L3507' name='L3507'></a>.B rpms
<a id='L3508' name='L3508'></a>RPM database management
<a id='L3509' name='L3509'></a>.RI ( "cd rpms://" ).
<a id='L3510' name='L3510'></a>.TP
<a id='L3511' name='L3511'></a>.B ulha, urar, uzip, uzoo, uar, uha
<a id='L3512' name='L3512'></a>archivers
<a id='L3513' name='L3513'></a>.RI ( "cd archive/xxxx://"
<a id='L3514' name='L3514'></a>where xxxx is one of:
<a id='L3515' name='L3515'></a>.IR ulha ,
<a id='L3516' name='L3516'></a>.IR urar ,
<a id='L3517' name='L3517'></a>.IR uzip ,
<a id='L3518' name='L3518'></a>.IR uzoo ,
<a id='L3519' name='L3519'></a>.IR uar ,
<a id='L3520' name='L3520'></a>.IR uha ).
<a id='L3521' name='L3521'></a>.PP
<a id='L3522' name='L3522'></a>You could bind file type/extension to specified extfs as described in the
<a id='L3523' name='L3523'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L3524' name='L3524'></a>Edit Extension File
<a id='L3525' name='L3525'></a>.\"Edit Extension File"
<a id='L3526' name='L3526'></a>section.  Here is an example entry for Debian packages:
<a id='L3527' name='L3527'></a>.PP
<a id='L3528' name='L3528'></a>.nf
<a id='L3529' name='L3529'></a>  regex/\.deb$
<a id='L3530' name='L3530'></a>          Open=%cd %p/deb://
<a id='L3531' name='L3531'></a>.fi
<a id='L3532' name='L3532'></a>.\"NODE "Colors"
<a id='L3533' name='L3533'></a>.SH "Colors"
<a id='L3534' name='L3534'></a>Midnight Commander will try to detect if your terminal supports
<a id='L3535' name='L3535'></a>color using the terminal database and your terminal name.  Sometimes
<a id='L3536' name='L3536'></a>it gets confused, so you may force color mode or disable color mode
<a id='L3537' name='L3537'></a>using the \-c and \-b flag respectively.
<a id='L3538' name='L3538'></a>.PP
<a id='L3539' name='L3539'></a>If the program is compiled with the S\-Lang screen manager instead of
<a id='L3540' name='L3540'></a>ncurses, it will also check the variable
<a id='L3541' name='L3541'></a>.B COLORTERM,
<a id='L3542' name='L3542'></a>if it is set, it has the same effect as the \-c flag.
<a id='L3543' name='L3543'></a>.PP
<a id='L3544' name='L3544'></a>You may specify terminals that always force color mode
<a id='L3545' name='L3545'></a>by adding the
<a id='L3546' name='L3546'></a>.I color_terminals
<a id='L3547' name='L3547'></a>variable to the Colors section of the initialization file.  This will
<a id='L3548' name='L3548'></a>prevent Midnight Commander from trying to detect if your terminal
<a id='L3549' name='L3549'></a>supports color.  Example:
<a id='L3550' name='L3550'></a>.PP
<a id='L3551' name='L3551'></a>.nf
<a id='L3552' name='L3552'></a>[Colors]
<a id='L3553' name='L3553'></a>color_terminals=linux,xterm
<a id='L3554' name='L3554'></a>color_terminals=terminal\-name1,terminal\-name2...
<a id='L3555' name='L3555'></a>.fi
<a id='L3556' name='L3556'></a>.PP
<a id='L3557' name='L3557'></a>The program can be compiled with both ncurses and S\-Lang, ncurses does
<a id='L3558' name='L3558'></a>not provide a way to force color mode: ncurses uses just the
<a id='L3559' name='L3559'></a>information in the terminal database.
<a id='L3560' name='L3560'></a>.PP
<a id='L3561' name='L3561'></a>Midnight Commander provides a way to change the default colors.
<a id='L3562' name='L3562'></a>Currently the colors are configured using the environment variable
<a id='L3563' name='L3563'></a>.B MC_COLOR_TABLE
<a id='L3564' name='L3564'></a>or the Colors section in the initialization file.
<a id='L3565' name='L3565'></a>.PP
<a id='L3566' name='L3566'></a>In the Colors section, the default color map is loaded from the
<a id='L3567' name='L3567'></a>.I base_color
<a id='L3568' name='L3568'></a>variable.  You can specify an alternate color map for a terminal by
<a id='L3569' name='L3569'></a>using the terminal name as the key in this section.  Example:
<a id='L3570' name='L3570'></a>.PP
<a id='L3571' name='L3571'></a>.nf
<a id='L3572' name='L3572'></a>[Colors]
<a id='L3573' name='L3573'></a>base_color=
<a id='L3574' name='L3574'></a>xterm=menu=magenta:marked=,magenta:markselect=,red
<a id='L3575' name='L3575'></a>.fi
<a id='L3576' name='L3576'></a>.PP
<a id='L3577' name='L3577'></a>The format for the color definition is:
<a id='L3578' name='L3578'></a>.PP
<a id='L3579' name='L3579'></a>.nf
<a id='L3580' name='L3580'></a>  &lt;keyword&gt;=&lt;fgcolor&gt;,&lt;bgcolor&gt;,&lt;attributes&gt;:&lt;keyword&gt;=...
<a id='L3581' name='L3581'></a>.fi
<a id='L3582' name='L3582'></a>.PP
<a id='L3583' name='L3583'></a>The colors are optional, and the keywords are: normal, selected, disabled, marked,
<a id='L3584' name='L3584'></a>markselect, errors, input, inputmark, inputunchanged, commandlinemark,
<a id='L3585' name='L3585'></a>reverse, gauge, header, inputhistory, commandhistory. Button bar colors are:
<a id='L3586' name='L3586'></a>bbarhotkey, bbarbutton. Status bar color: statusbar. Menu colors are: menunormal,
<a id='L3587' name='L3587'></a>menusel, menuhot, menuhotsel, menuinactive. Dialog colors are: dnormal, dfocus,
<a id='L3588' name='L3588'></a>dhotnormal, dhotfocus, dtitle. Error dialog colors are: errdfocus, errdhotnormal,
<a id='L3589' name='L3589'></a>errdhotfocus, errdtitle.  Help colors are: helpnormal, helpitalic, helpbold,
<a id='L3590' name='L3590'></a>helplink, helpslink, helptitle.  Viewer colors are: viewnormal, viewbold,
<a id='L3591' name='L3591'></a>viewunderline, viewselected. Editor colors are: editnormal, editbold, editmarked,
<a id='L3592' name='L3592'></a>editwhitespace, editlinestate. Popup menu colors are: pmenunormal, pmenusel,
<a id='L3593' name='L3593'></a>pmenutitle.
<a id='L3594' name='L3594'></a>.PP
<a id='L3595' name='L3595'></a>.I header
<a id='L3596' name='L3596'></a>determines the color of panel header, the line that contains column titles
<a id='L3597' name='L3597'></a>and sort mode indicator.
<a id='L3598' name='L3598'></a>.PP
<a id='L3599' name='L3599'></a>.I input
<a id='L3600' name='L3600'></a>determines the color of input lines used in query dialogs.
<a id='L3601' name='L3601'></a>.PP
<a id='L3602' name='L3602'></a>.I gauge
<a id='L3603' name='L3603'></a>determines the color of the filled part of the progress bar (gauge),
<a id='L3604' name='L3604'></a>which is used to show the user the progress of file operations, such as
<a id='L3605' name='L3605'></a>copying.
<a id='L3606' name='L3606'></a>.PP
<a id='L3607' name='L3607'></a>.I disabled
<a id='L3608' name='L3608'></a>determines the color of the widget that cannot be selected.
<a id='L3609' name='L3609'></a>.PP
<a id='L3610' name='L3610'></a>The dialog boxes use the following colors:
<a id='L3611' name='L3611'></a>.I dnormal
<a id='L3612' name='L3612'></a>is used for the normal text,
<a id='L3613' name='L3613'></a>.I dfocus
<a id='L3614' name='L3614'></a>is the color used for the currently selected component,
<a id='L3615' name='L3615'></a>.I dhotnormal
<a id='L3616' name='L3616'></a>is the color used to differentiate the hotkey color in normal
<a id='L3617' name='L3617'></a>components, whereas the
<a id='L3618' name='L3618'></a>.I dhotfocus
<a id='L3619' name='L3619'></a>color is used for the highlighted color in the currently selected
<a id='L3620' name='L3620'></a>component.
<a id='L3621' name='L3621'></a>.PP
<a id='L3622' name='L3622'></a>Menus use the same scheme but uses the menunormal, menusel, menuhot, menuhotsel
<a id='L3623' name='L3623'></a>and menuinactive tags instead.
<a id='L3624' name='L3624'></a>.PP
<a id='L3625' name='L3625'></a>Help uses the following colors:
<a id='L3626' name='L3626'></a>.I helpnormal
<a id='L3627' name='L3627'></a>is used for normal text,
<a id='L3628' name='L3628'></a>.I helpitalic
<a id='L3629' name='L3629'></a>is used for text which is emphasized in italic in the manual page,
<a id='L3630' name='L3630'></a>.I helpbold
<a id='L3631' name='L3631'></a>is used for text which is emphasized in bold in the manual page,
<a id='L3632' name='L3632'></a>.I helplink
<a id='L3633' name='L3633'></a>is used for not selected hyperlinks and
<a id='L3634' name='L3634'></a>.I helpslink
<a id='L3635' name='L3635'></a>is used for selected hyperlink.
<a id='L3636' name='L3636'></a>.PP
<a id='L3637' name='L3637'></a>Popup menu uses following colors:
<a id='L3638' name='L3638'></a>.I pmenunormal
<a id='L3639' name='L3639'></a>is used for non\-selected menu items and as a main color of popup menu window,
<a id='L3640' name='L3640'></a>.I pmenusel
<a id='L3641' name='L3641'></a>is used for selected menu item,
<a id='L3642' name='L3642'></a>.I pmenutitle
<a id='L3643' name='L3643'></a>is used for popup menu title.
<a id='L3644' name='L3644'></a>.PP
<a id='L3645' name='L3645'></a>The possible colors are: black, gray, red, brightred, green,
<a id='L3646' name='L3646'></a>brightgreen, brown, yellow, blue, brightblue, magenta, brightmagenta,
<a id='L3647' name='L3647'></a>cyan, brightcyan, lightgray and white. And there is a special keyword
<a id='L3648' name='L3648'></a>for transparent background. It is 'default'. The 'default' can only be
<a id='L3649' name='L3649'></a>used for background color. Another special keyword "base" means mc's main
<a id='L3650' name='L3650'></a>colors.  When 256 colors are available, they can be specified either as
<a id='L3651' name='L3651'></a>color16 to color255, or as rgb000 to rgb555 and gray0 to gray23. Example:
<a id='L3652' name='L3652'></a>.PP
<a id='L3653' name='L3653'></a>.nf
<a id='L3654' name='L3654'></a>[Colors]
<a id='L3655' name='L3655'></a>base_color=normal=white,default:marked=magenta,default
<a id='L3656' name='L3656'></a>.fi
<a id='L3657' name='L3657'></a>.PP
<a id='L3658' name='L3658'></a>Attributes can be any of bold, italic, underline, reverse and blink, appended by a
<a id='L3659' name='L3659'></a>plus sign if more than one are desired.  The special word "none" means no
<a id='L3660' name='L3660'></a>attributes, without attempting to fall back to base_color.  Example:
<a id='L3661' name='L3661'></a>.PP
<a id='L3662' name='L3662'></a>.nf
<a id='L3663' name='L3663'></a>menuhotsel=yellow;black;bold+underline
<a id='L3664' name='L3664'></a>.fi
<a id='L3665' name='L3665'></a> 
<a id='L3666' name='L3666'></a>.\"NODE "Skins"
<a id='L3667' name='L3667'></a>.SH "Skins"
<a id='L3668' name='L3668'></a>You can change the appearance of Midnight Commander.
<a id='L3669' name='L3669'></a>To do this, you must specify a file that contain descriptions of colors
<a id='L3670' name='L3670'></a>and lines to draw boxes. Redefining of the colors is entirely compatible
<a id='L3671' name='L3671'></a>with the assignment of colors, as described in Section
<a id='L3672' name='L3672'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L3673' name='L3673'></a>Colors\&amp;.
<a id='L3674' name='L3674'></a>.\"Colors"
<a id='L3675' name='L3675'></a>.PP
<a id='L3676' name='L3676'></a>If your skin contains any true\-color definitions, you should define
<a id='L3677' name='L3677'></a>the 'truecolors' key set to TRUE value in [skin] section. If true\-color
<a id='L3678' name='L3678'></a>is not used but 256\-color is, you should define '256colors' instead.
<a id='L3679' name='L3679'></a>.PP
<a id='L3680' name='L3680'></a>A skin\-file is searched on the following algorithm (to the first one found):
<a id='L3681' name='L3681'></a>.IP
<a id='L3682' name='L3682'></a>.br
<a id='L3683' name='L3683'></a>1) command line option
<a id='L3684' name='L3684'></a>.B \-S &lt;skin&gt;
<a id='L3685' name='L3685'></a>or
<a id='L3686' name='L3686'></a>.B \-\-skin=&lt;skin&gt;
<a id='L3687' name='L3687'></a>.br
<a id='L3688' name='L3688'></a>2) Environment variable
<a id='L3689' name='L3689'></a>.B MC_SKIN
<a id='L3690' name='L3690'></a>.br
<a id='L3691' name='L3691'></a>3) Parameter
<a id='L3692' name='L3692'></a>.B skin
<a id='L3693' name='L3693'></a>in section
<a id='L3694' name='L3694'></a>.B [Midnight\-Commander]
<a id='L3695' name='L3695'></a>in config file.
<a id='L3696' name='L3696'></a>.br
<a id='L3697' name='L3697'></a>4) File
<a id='L3698' name='L3698'></a>.B %sysconfdir%/mc/skins/default.ini
<a id='L3699' name='L3699'></a>.br
<a id='L3700' name='L3700'></a>5) File
<a id='L3701' name='L3701'></a>.B %prefix%/share/mc/skins/default.ini
<a id='L3702' name='L3702'></a> 
<a id='L3703' name='L3703'></a>.PP
<a id='L3704' name='L3704'></a>Command line option, environment variable and parameter in config file may
<a id='L3705' name='L3705'></a>contain the absolute path to the skin\-file (with the extension \.ini
<a id='L3706' name='L3706'></a>or without it). Search of skin\-file will occur in (to the first one found):
<a id='L3707' name='L3707'></a>.IP
<a id='L3708' name='L3708'></a>1)
<a id='L3709' name='L3709'></a>.B ~/.local/share/mc/skins/
<a id='L3710' name='L3710'></a>.br
<a id='L3711' name='L3711'></a>2)
<a id='L3712' name='L3712'></a>.B %sysconfdir%/mc/skins/
<a id='L3713' name='L3713'></a>.br
<a id='L3714' name='L3714'></a>3)
<a id='L3715' name='L3715'></a>.B %prefix%/share/mc/skins/
<a id='L3716' name='L3716'></a>.br
<a id='L3717' name='L3717'></a> 
<a id='L3718' name='L3718'></a>.PP
<a id='L3719' name='L3719'></a>For getting extended info, refer to:
<a id='L3720' name='L3720'></a>.IP
<a id='L3721' name='L3721'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L3722' name='L3722'></a>Description of section and parameters
<a id='L3723' name='L3723'></a>.\"Skins sections"
<a id='L3724' name='L3724'></a>.br
<a id='L3725' name='L3725'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L3726' name='L3726'></a>Color pair definitions
<a id='L3727' name='L3727'></a>.\"Skins colors"
<a id='L3728' name='L3728'></a>.br
<a id='L3729' name='L3729'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L3730' name='L3730'></a>Color and attribute aliases
<a id='L3731' name='L3731'></a>.\"Skins aliases"
<a id='L3732' name='L3732'></a>.br
<a id='L3733' name='L3733'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L3734' name='L3734'></a>Draw lines
<a id='L3735' name='L3735'></a>.\"Skins lines"
<a id='L3736' name='L3736'></a>.br
<a id='L3737' name='L3737'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L3738' name='L3738'></a>Compatibility
<a id='L3739' name='L3739'></a>.\"Skins oldcolors"
<a id='L3740' name='L3740'></a>.br
<a id='L3741' name='L3741'></a> 
<a id='L3742' name='L3742'></a>.\"NODE "  Skins sections"
<a id='L3743' name='L3743'></a>.SH "  Description of section and parameters"
<a id='L3744' name='L3744'></a> 
<a id='L3745' name='L3745'></a>Section
<a id='L3746' name='L3746'></a>.B [skin]
<a id='L3747' name='L3747'></a>contain metainfo for skin\-file. Parameter
<a id='L3748' name='L3748'></a>.I description
<a id='L3749' name='L3749'></a>contain short text about skin.
<a id='L3750' name='L3750'></a> 
<a id='L3751' name='L3751'></a>.PP
<a id='L3752' name='L3752'></a>Section
<a id='L3753' name='L3753'></a>.B [filehighlight]
<a id='L3754' name='L3754'></a>contain descriptions of color pairs for filenames highlighting.
<a id='L3755' name='L3755'></a>Name of parameters must be equal to names of sections into
<a id='L3756' name='L3756'></a>filehighlight.ini file.
<a id='L3757' name='L3757'></a>See
<a id='L3758' name='L3758'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L3759' name='L3759'></a>Filenames Highlight
<a id='L3760' name='L3760'></a>.\"Filenames Highlight"
<a id='L3761' name='L3761'></a>for getting more info.
<a id='L3762' name='L3762'></a> 
<a id='L3763' name='L3763'></a>.PP
<a id='L3764' name='L3764'></a>Section
<a id='L3765' name='L3765'></a>.B [core]
<a id='L3766' name='L3766'></a>describes the elements that are used everywhere.
<a id='L3767' name='L3767'></a>.TP
<a id='L3768' name='L3768'></a>.I _default_
<a id='L3769' name='L3769'></a>Default color pair. Used in all other sections if they not contain
<a id='L3770' name='L3770'></a>color definitions
<a id='L3771' name='L3771'></a>.TP
<a id='L3772' name='L3772'></a>.I selected
<a id='L3773' name='L3773'></a>cursor
<a id='L3774' name='L3774'></a>.TP
<a id='L3775' name='L3775'></a>.I marked
<a id='L3776' name='L3776'></a>selected data
<a id='L3777' name='L3777'></a>.TP
<a id='L3778' name='L3778'></a>.I markselect
<a id='L3779' name='L3779'></a>cursor on selected data
<a id='L3780' name='L3780'></a>.TP
<a id='L3781' name='L3781'></a>.I gauge
<a id='L3782' name='L3782'></a>color of the filled part of the progress bar
<a id='L3783' name='L3783'></a>.TP
<a id='L3784' name='L3784'></a>.I input
<a id='L3785' name='L3785'></a>color of input lines used in query dialogs
<a id='L3786' name='L3786'></a>.TP
<a id='L3787' name='L3787'></a>.I inputmark
<a id='L3788' name='L3788'></a>color of input selected text
<a id='L3789' name='L3789'></a>.TP
<a id='L3790' name='L3790'></a>.I inputunchanged
<a id='L3791' name='L3791'></a>color of input text before first modification or cursor movement
<a id='L3792' name='L3792'></a>.TP
<a id='L3793' name='L3793'></a>.I commandlinemark
<a id='L3794' name='L3794'></a>color of selected text in command line
<a id='L3795' name='L3795'></a>.TP
<a id='L3796' name='L3796'></a>.I reverse
<a id='L3797' name='L3797'></a>reverse color
<a id='L3798' name='L3798'></a>.PP
<a id='L3799' name='L3799'></a>Section
<a id='L3800' name='L3800'></a>.B [dialog]
<a id='L3801' name='L3801'></a>describes the elements that are placed on dialog windows (except error dialogs).
<a id='L3802' name='L3802'></a>.TP
<a id='L3803' name='L3803'></a>.I _default_
<a id='L3804' name='L3804'></a>Default color for this section. Used [core]._default_ if not specified
<a id='L3805' name='L3805'></a>.TP
<a id='L3806' name='L3806'></a>.I dfocus
<a id='L3807' name='L3807'></a>Color of active element (in focus)
<a id='L3808' name='L3808'></a>.TP
<a id='L3809' name='L3809'></a>.I dhotnormal
<a id='L3810' name='L3810'></a>Color of hotkeys
<a id='L3811' name='L3811'></a>.TP
<a id='L3812' name='L3812'></a>.I dhotfocus
<a id='L3813' name='L3813'></a>Color of hotkeys in focused element
<a id='L3814' name='L3814'></a> 
<a id='L3815' name='L3815'></a>.PP
<a id='L3816' name='L3816'></a>Section
<a id='L3817' name='L3817'></a>.B [error]
<a id='L3818' name='L3818'></a>describes the elements that are placed on error dialog windows
<a id='L3819' name='L3819'></a>.TP
<a id='L3820' name='L3820'></a>.I _default_
<a id='L3821' name='L3821'></a>Default color for this section. Used [core]._default_ if not specified
<a id='L3822' name='L3822'></a>.TP
<a id='L3823' name='L3823'></a>.I errdhotnormal
<a id='L3824' name='L3824'></a>Color of hotkeys
<a id='L3825' name='L3825'></a>.TP
<a id='L3826' name='L3826'></a>.I errdhotfocus
<a id='L3827' name='L3827'></a>Color of hotkeys in focused element
<a id='L3828' name='L3828'></a> 
<a id='L3829' name='L3829'></a>.PP
<a id='L3830' name='L3830'></a>Section
<a id='L3831' name='L3831'></a>.B [menu]
<a id='L3832' name='L3832'></a>describes the elements that are placed in menu. This section describes
<a id='L3833' name='L3833'></a>system menu (called by F9) and user\-defined menus (called by F2 in panels
<a id='L3834' name='L3834'></a>and by F11 in editor).
<a id='L3835' name='L3835'></a>.TP
<a id='L3836' name='L3836'></a>.I _default_
<a id='L3837' name='L3837'></a>Default color for this section. Used [core]._default_ if not specified
<a id='L3838' name='L3838'></a>.TP
<a id='L3839' name='L3839'></a>.I entry
<a id='L3840' name='L3840'></a>Color of menu items
<a id='L3841' name='L3841'></a>.TP
<a id='L3842' name='L3842'></a>.I menuhot
<a id='L3843' name='L3843'></a>Color of menu hotkeys
<a id='L3844' name='L3844'></a>.TP
<a id='L3845' name='L3845'></a>.I menusel
<a id='L3846' name='L3846'></a>Color of active menu item (in focus)
<a id='L3847' name='L3847'></a>.TP
<a id='L3848' name='L3848'></a>.I menuhotsel
<a id='L3849' name='L3849'></a>Color of menu hotkeys in focused menu item
<a id='L3850' name='L3850'></a>.TP
<a id='L3851' name='L3851'></a>.I menuinactive
<a id='L3852' name='L3852'></a>Color of inactive menu
<a id='L3853' name='L3853'></a> 
<a id='L3854' name='L3854'></a>.PP
<a id='L3855' name='L3855'></a>Section
<a id='L3856' name='L3856'></a>.B [help]
<a id='L3857' name='L3857'></a>describes the elements that are placed on help window.
<a id='L3858' name='L3858'></a>.TP
<a id='L3859' name='L3859'></a>.I _default_
<a id='L3860' name='L3860'></a>Default color for this section. Used [core]._default_ if not specified
<a id='L3861' name='L3861'></a>.TP
<a id='L3862' name='L3862'></a>.I helpitalic
<a id='L3863' name='L3863'></a>Color pair for element with
<a id='L3864' name='L3864'></a>.B italic
<a id='L3865' name='L3865'></a>attribute
<a id='L3866' name='L3866'></a>.TP
<a id='L3867' name='L3867'></a>.I helpbold
<a id='L3868' name='L3868'></a>Color pair for element with
<a id='L3869' name='L3869'></a>.B bold
<a id='L3870' name='L3870'></a>attribute
<a id='L3871' name='L3871'></a>.TP
<a id='L3872' name='L3872'></a>.I helplink
<a id='L3873' name='L3873'></a>Color of links
<a id='L3874' name='L3874'></a>.TP
<a id='L3875' name='L3875'></a>.I helpslink
<a id='L3876' name='L3876'></a>Color of active link (on focus)
<a id='L3877' name='L3877'></a> 
<a id='L3878' name='L3878'></a>.PP
<a id='L3879' name='L3879'></a>Section
<a id='L3880' name='L3880'></a>.B [editor]
<a id='L3881' name='L3881'></a>describes the colors of elements placed in editor.
<a id='L3882' name='L3882'></a>.TP
<a id='L3883' name='L3883'></a>.I _default_
<a id='L3884' name='L3884'></a>Default color for this section. Used [core]._default_ if not specified
<a id='L3885' name='L3885'></a>.TP
<a id='L3886' name='L3886'></a>.I editbold
<a id='L3887' name='L3887'></a>Color pair for element with
<a id='L3888' name='L3888'></a>.B bold
<a id='L3889' name='L3889'></a>attribute
<a id='L3890' name='L3890'></a>.TP
<a id='L3891' name='L3891'></a>.I editmarked
<a id='L3892' name='L3892'></a>Color of selected text
<a id='L3893' name='L3893'></a>.TP
<a id='L3894' name='L3894'></a>.I editwhitespace
<a id='L3895' name='L3895'></a>Color of tabs and trailing spaces highlighting
<a id='L3896' name='L3896'></a>.TP
<a id='L3897' name='L3897'></a>.I editlinestate
<a id='L3898' name='L3898'></a>Color for line state area
<a id='L3899' name='L3899'></a> 
<a id='L3900' name='L3900'></a>.PP
<a id='L3901' name='L3901'></a>Section
<a id='L3902' name='L3902'></a>.B [viewer]
<a id='L3903' name='L3903'></a>describes the colors of elements placed in viewer.
<a id='L3904' name='L3904'></a>.TP
<a id='L3905' name='L3905'></a>.I viewunderline
<a id='L3906' name='L3906'></a>Color pair for element with
<a id='L3907' name='L3907'></a>.B underline
<a id='L3908' name='L3908'></a>attribute
<a id='L3909' name='L3909'></a> 
<a id='L3910' name='L3910'></a>.\"NODE "  Skins colors"
<a id='L3911' name='L3911'></a>.SH "  Color pair definitions"
<a id='L3912' name='L3912'></a>Any parameter in skin\-file contain definition of color pair.
<a id='L3913' name='L3913'></a>.PP
<a id='L3914' name='L3914'></a>Color pairs described as two colors and the optional attributes
<a id='L3915' name='L3915'></a>separated by ';'. First field sets the foreground color, second
<a id='L3916' name='L3916'></a>field sets background color, third field sets the attributes.
<a id='L3917' name='L3917'></a>Any of the fields may be omitted, in this case value will be
<a id='L3918' name='L3918'></a>taken from default color pair (global color pair or from default
<a id='L3919' name='L3919'></a>color pair of this section).
<a id='L3920' name='L3920'></a>.PP
<a id='L3921' name='L3921'></a>Example:
<a id='L3922' name='L3922'></a>.br
<a id='L3923' name='L3923'></a>.nf
<a id='L3924' name='L3924'></a>[core]
<a id='L3925' name='L3925'></a>    # green on black
<a id='L3926' name='L3926'></a>    _default_=green;black
<a id='L3927' name='L3927'></a>    # green (default) on blue
<a id='L3928' name='L3928'></a>    selected=;blue
<a id='L3929' name='L3929'></a>    # yellow on black (default)
<a id='L3930' name='L3930'></a>    # underlined yellow on black (default)
<a id='L3931' name='L3931'></a>    marked=yellow;;underline
<a id='L3932' name='L3932'></a>.fi
<a id='L3933' name='L3933'></a> 
<a id='L3934' name='L3934'></a>.PP
<a id='L3935' name='L3935'></a>Possible colors (names) and attributes are described in
<a id='L3936' name='L3936'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L3937' name='L3937'></a>Colors\&amp;.
<a id='L3938' name='L3938'></a>.\"Colors"
<a id='L3939' name='L3939'></a>section.
<a id='L3940' name='L3940'></a> 
<a id='L3941' name='L3941'></a>.\"NODE "  Skins aliases"
<a id='L3942' name='L3942'></a>.SH "  Color and attribute aliases"
<a id='L3943' name='L3943'></a>This optional section might define aliases for single colors (not color pairs)
<a id='L3944' name='L3944'></a>as well as combination of attributes; in other words, for semicolon\-separated
<a id='L3945' name='L3945'></a>fragments of parameters. Aliases can refer to other aliases as long as they
<a id='L3946' name='L3946'></a>don't form a loop.
<a id='L3947' name='L3947'></a>.PP
<a id='L3948' name='L3948'></a>Example:
<a id='L3949' name='L3949'></a>.br
<a id='L3950' name='L3950'></a>.nf
<a id='L3951' name='L3951'></a>[aliases]
<a id='L3952' name='L3952'></a>    myfavfg=green
<a id='L3953' name='L3953'></a>    myfavbg=black
<a id='L3954' name='L3954'></a>    myfavattr=bold+italic
<a id='L3955' name='L3955'></a>[core]
<a id='L3956' name='L3956'></a>    _default_=myfavfg;myfavbg;myfavattr
<a id='L3957' name='L3957'></a>.fi
<a id='L3958' name='L3958'></a> 
<a id='L3959' name='L3959'></a>.\"NODE "  Skins lines"
<a id='L3960' name='L3960'></a>.SH "  Draw lines"
<a id='L3961' name='L3961'></a>Lines sets in section
<a id='L3962' name='L3962'></a>.B [Lines]
<a id='L3963' name='L3963'></a>into skin\-file. By default single lines are used, but you may redefine
<a id='L3964' name='L3964'></a>to usage of any utf\-8 symbols (like to lines, for example).
<a id='L3965' name='L3965'></a>.PP
<a id='L3966' name='L3966'></a>.I WARNING!!!
<a id='L3967' name='L3967'></a>When you build Midnight Commander with the ncurses screen library
<a id='L3968' name='L3968'></a>usage of drawing lines is limited!
<a id='L3969' name='L3969'></a>Possible only drawing a single lines.
<a id='L3970' name='L3970'></a>For all questions and comments please contact the developers of ncurses.
<a id='L3971' name='L3971'></a> 
<a id='L3972' name='L3972'></a>.PP
<a id='L3973' name='L3973'></a>Descriptions of parameters
<a id='L3974' name='L3974'></a>.BR [Lines] :
<a id='L3975' name='L3975'></a>.TP
<a id='L3976' name='L3976'></a>.I lefttop
<a id='L3977' name='L3977'></a>left\-top line fragment.
<a id='L3978' name='L3978'></a>.TP
<a id='L3979' name='L3979'></a>.I righttop
<a id='L3980' name='L3980'></a>right\-top line fragment.
<a id='L3981' name='L3981'></a>.TP
<a id='L3982' name='L3982'></a>.I centertop
<a id='L3983' name='L3983'></a>down branch of horizontal line
<a id='L3984' name='L3984'></a>.TP
<a id='L3985' name='L3985'></a>.I centerbottom
<a id='L3986' name='L3986'></a>up branch of horizontal line
<a id='L3987' name='L3987'></a>.TP
<a id='L3988' name='L3988'></a>.I leftbottom
<a id='L3989' name='L3989'></a>left\-bottom line fragment
<a id='L3990' name='L3990'></a>.TP
<a id='L3991' name='L3991'></a>.I rightbottom
<a id='L3992' name='L3992'></a>right\-bottom line fragment
<a id='L3993' name='L3993'></a>.TP
<a id='L3994' name='L3994'></a>.I leftmiddle
<a id='L3995' name='L3995'></a>right branch of vertical line
<a id='L3996' name='L3996'></a>.TP
<a id='L3997' name='L3997'></a>.I rightmiddle
<a id='L3998' name='L3998'></a>left branch of vertical line
<a id='L3999' name='L3999'></a>.TP
<a id='L4000' name='L4000'></a>.I centermiddle
<a id='L4001' name='L4001'></a>cross of lines
<a id='L4002' name='L4002'></a>.TP
<a id='L4003' name='L4003'></a>.I horiz
<a id='L4004' name='L4004'></a>horizontal line
<a id='L4005' name='L4005'></a>.TP
<a id='L4006' name='L4006'></a>.I vert
<a id='L4007' name='L4007'></a>vertical line
<a id='L4008' name='L4008'></a>.TP
<a id='L4009' name='L4009'></a>.I thinhoriz
<a id='L4010' name='L4010'></a>thin horizontal line
<a id='L4011' name='L4011'></a>.TP
<a id='L4012' name='L4012'></a>.I thinvert
<a id='L4013' name='L4013'></a>thin vertical line
<a id='L4014' name='L4014'></a> 
<a id='L4015' name='L4015'></a> 
<a id='L4016' name='L4016'></a>.\"NODE "  Skins oldcolors"
<a id='L4017' name='L4017'></a>.SH "  Compatibility"
<a id='L4018' name='L4018'></a> 
<a id='L4019' name='L4019'></a>Appointment of color  by skin\-files fully compatible with
<a id='L4020' name='L4020'></a>the appointment of the colors described in
<a id='L4021' name='L4021'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L4022' name='L4022'></a>Colors\&amp;.
<a id='L4023' name='L4023'></a>.\"Colors"
<a id='L4024' name='L4024'></a>section.
<a id='L4025' name='L4025'></a>.PP
<a id='L4026' name='L4026'></a>In this case, reassignment of colors has priority over the skin file and is
<a id='L4027' name='L4027'></a>complementary.
<a id='L4028' name='L4028'></a> 
<a id='L4029' name='L4029'></a>.\"NODE "Filenames Highlight"
<a id='L4030' name='L4030'></a>.SH "Filenames Highlight"
<a id='L4031' name='L4031'></a>Section [filehighlight] in current skin\-file contains key names as
<a id='L4032' name='L4032'></a>highlight groups and values as color pairs. Color pairs is documented
<a id='L4033' name='L4033'></a>in
<a id='L4034' name='L4034'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L4035' name='L4035'></a>Skins
<a id='L4036' name='L4036'></a>.\"Skins"
<a id='L4037' name='L4037'></a>section.
<a id='L4038' name='L4038'></a>.PP
<a id='L4039' name='L4039'></a>Rules of filenames highlight are placed in %prefix%/share/mc/filehighlight.ini file
<a id='L4040' name='L4040'></a>(~/.config/mc/filehighlight.ini).
<a id='L4041' name='L4041'></a>Name of section in this file must be equal to parameters names in
<a id='L4042' name='L4042'></a>[filehighlight] section (in current skin\-file).
<a id='L4043' name='L4043'></a>.PP
<a id='L4044' name='L4044'></a>Keys in these groups are:
<a id='L4045' name='L4045'></a>.TP
<a id='L4046' name='L4046'></a>.I type
<a id='L4047' name='L4047'></a>file type. If present, all other options are ignored.
<a id='L4048' name='L4048'></a>.TP
<a id='L4049' name='L4049'></a>.I regexp
<a id='L4050' name='L4050'></a>regular expression. If present, 'extensions' option is ignored.
<a id='L4051' name='L4051'></a>.TP
<a id='L4052' name='L4052'></a>.I extensions
<a id='L4053' name='L4053'></a>list of extensions of files. Separated by ';' sign.
<a id='L4054' name='L4054'></a>.TP
<a id='L4055' name='L4055'></a>.I extensions_case
<a id='L4056' name='L4056'></a>(make sense only with 'extensions' parameter) make 'extensions'
<a id='L4057' name='L4057'></a>rule case sensitive (true) or not (false).
<a id='L4058' name='L4058'></a>.PP
<a id='L4059' name='L4059'></a>`type' key may have values:
<a id='L4060' name='L4060'></a>.nf
<a id='L4061' name='L4061'></a>\- FILE (all files)
<a id='L4062' name='L4062'></a>  \- FILE_EXE
<a id='L4063' name='L4063'></a>\- DIR (all directories)
<a id='L4064' name='L4064'></a>  \- LINK_DIR
<a id='L4065' name='L4065'></a>\- LINK (all links except stale link)
<a id='L4066' name='L4066'></a>  \- HARDLINK
<a id='L4067' name='L4067'></a>  \- SYMLINK
<a id='L4068' name='L4068'></a>\- STALE_LINK
<a id='L4069' name='L4069'></a>\- DEVICE (all device files)
<a id='L4070' name='L4070'></a>  \- DEVICE_BLOCK
<a id='L4071' name='L4071'></a>  \- DEVICE_CHAR
<a id='L4072' name='L4072'></a>\- SPECIAL (all special files)
<a id='L4073' name='L4073'></a>  \- SPECIAL_SOCKET
<a id='L4074' name='L4074'></a>  \- SPECIAL_FIFO
<a id='L4075' name='L4075'></a>  \- SPECIAL_DOOR
<a id='L4076' name='L4076'></a>.fi
<a id='L4077' name='L4077'></a>.PP
<a id='L4078' name='L4078'></a> 
<a id='L4079' name='L4079'></a>.\"NODE "Special Settings"
<a id='L4080' name='L4080'></a>.SH "Special Settings"
<a id='L4081' name='L4081'></a>Most of Midnight Commander settings can be changed from the
<a id='L4082' name='L4082'></a>menus. However, there are a small number of settings which can only be
<a id='L4083' name='L4083'></a>changed by editing the setup file.
<a id='L4084' name='L4084'></a>.PP
<a id='L4085' name='L4085'></a>These variables may be set in your ~/.config/mc/ini file:
<a id='L4086' name='L4086'></a>.TP
<a id='L4087' name='L4087'></a>.I clear_before_exec
<a id='L4088' name='L4088'></a>By default, Midnight Commander clears the screen before executing a
<a id='L4089' name='L4089'></a>command.  If you would prefer to see the output of the command at the
<a id='L4090' name='L4090'></a>bottom of the screen, edit your ~/.config/mc/ini file and change the value of
<a id='L4091' name='L4091'></a>the field clear_before_exec to 0.
<a id='L4092' name='L4092'></a>.TP
<a id='L4093' name='L4093'></a>.I confirm_view_dir
<a id='L4094' name='L4094'></a>If you press F3 on a directory, normally MC enters that directory.  If
<a id='L4095' name='L4095'></a>this flag is set to 1, then MC will ask for confirmation before changing
<a id='L4096' name='L4096'></a>the directory if you have files tagged.
<a id='L4097' name='L4097'></a>.TP
<a id='L4098' name='L4098'></a>.I ftpfs_retry_seconds
<a id='L4099' name='L4099'></a>This value is the number of seconds Midnight Commander will wait
<a id='L4100' name='L4100'></a>before attempting to reconnect to an FTP server that has denied the
<a id='L4101' name='L4101'></a>login.  If the value is zero, the login will no be retried.
<a id='L4102' name='L4102'></a>.TP
<a id='L4103' name='L4103'></a>.I max_dirt_limit
<a id='L4104' name='L4104'></a>Specifies how many screen updates can be skipped at most in the internal
<a id='L4105' name='L4105'></a>file viewer.  Normally this value is not significant, because the code
<a id='L4106' name='L4106'></a>automatically adjusts the number of updates to skip according to the
<a id='L4107' name='L4107'></a>rate of incoming keystrokes.  However, on very slow machines or
<a id='L4108' name='L4108'></a>terminals with a fast keyboard auto repeat, a big value can make screen
<a id='L4109' name='L4109'></a>updates too jumpy.
<a id='L4110' name='L4110'></a>.IP
<a id='L4111' name='L4111'></a>It seems that setting max_dirt_limit to 10 causes the best behavior,
<a id='L4112' name='L4112'></a>and that is the default value.
<a id='L4113' name='L4113'></a>.TP
<a id='L4114' name='L4114'></a>.I mouse_move_pages_viewer
<a id='L4115' name='L4115'></a>Controls if scrolling with the mouse is done by pages or line by line
<a id='L4116' name='L4116'></a>on the internal file viewer.
<a id='L4117' name='L4117'></a>.TP
<a id='L4118' name='L4118'></a>.I only_leading_plus_minus
<a id='L4119' name='L4119'></a>Allow special treatment for '+', '\-', '*' in the command line (select,
<a id='L4120' name='L4120'></a>unselect, reverse selection) only if the command line is empty.  You
<a id='L4121' name='L4121'></a>don't need to quote those characters in the middle of the command line.
<a id='L4122' name='L4122'></a>On the other hand, you cannot use them to change selection when the
<a id='L4123' name='L4123'></a>command line is not empty.
<a id='L4124' name='L4124'></a>.TP
<a id='L4125' name='L4125'></a>.I alternate_plus_minus
<a id='L4126' name='L4126'></a>If true, use '+', '\-', '\\' and '*' keys normally. For select/unselect,
<a id='L4127' name='L4127'></a>use 'Alt\-+', 'Alt\--' and 'Alt\-*'.
<a id='L4128' name='L4128'></a>.TP
<a id='L4129' name='L4129'></a>.I show_output_starts_shell
<a id='L4130' name='L4130'></a>This variable only works if you are not using the subshell support.
<a id='L4131' name='L4131'></a>When you use the C\-o keystroke to go back to the user screen, if this
<a id='L4132' name='L4132'></a>one is set, you will get a fresh shell.  Otherwise, pressing any key
<a id='L4133' name='L4133'></a>will bring you back to Midnight Commander.
<a id='L4134' name='L4134'></a>.TP
<a id='L4135' name='L4135'></a>.I timeformat_recent
<a id='L4136' name='L4136'></a>Change the time format used to display dates less than 6 months from
<a id='L4137' name='L4137'></a>now.
<a id='L4138' name='L4138'></a>See strftime or date man page for the format specification. If this
<a id='L4139' name='L4139'></a>option is absent, default timeformat is used.
<a id='L4140' name='L4140'></a>.TP
<a id='L4141' name='L4141'></a>.I timeformat_old
<a id='L4142' name='L4142'></a>Change the time format used to display  dates older than 6 months from
<a id='L4143' name='L4143'></a>now or for dates in the future.
<a id='L4144' name='L4144'></a>See strftime or date man page for the format specification. If this
<a id='L4145' name='L4145'></a>option is absent, default timeformat is used.
<a id='L4146' name='L4146'></a>.TP
<a id='L4147' name='L4147'></a>.I torben_fj_mode
<a id='L4148' name='L4148'></a>If this flag is set, then the home and end keys will work slightly
<a id='L4149' name='L4149'></a>different on the panels, instead of moving the selection to the first
<a id='L4150' name='L4150'></a>and last files in the panels, they will act as follows:
<a id='L4151' name='L4151'></a>.IP
<a id='L4152' name='L4152'></a>The home key will: Go up to the middle line, if below it; else go to the
<a id='L4153' name='L4153'></a>top line unless it is already on the top line, in this case it will go
<a id='L4154' name='L4154'></a>to the first file in the panel.
<a id='L4155' name='L4155'></a>.IP
<a id='L4156' name='L4156'></a>The end key has a similar behavior: Go down to the middle line, if over
<a id='L4157' name='L4157'></a>it; else go to the bottom line unless you already are at the bottom
<a id='L4158' name='L4158'></a>line, in such case it will move the selection to the last file name in
<a id='L4159' name='L4159'></a>the panel.
<a id='L4160' name='L4160'></a>.TP
<a id='L4161' name='L4161'></a>.I use_file_to_guess_type
<a id='L4162' name='L4162'></a>If this variable is on (the default) it will spawn the file command to
<a id='L4163' name='L4163'></a>match the file types listed on the
<a id='L4164' name='L4164'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L4165' name='L4165'></a>mc.ext file\&amp;.
<a id='L4166' name='L4166'></a>.\"Edit Extension File"
<a id='L4167' name='L4167'></a>.TP
<a id='L4168' name='L4168'></a>.I xtree_mode
<a id='L4169' name='L4169'></a>If this variable is on (default is off) when you browse the file system
<a id='L4170' name='L4170'></a>on a Tree panel, it will automatically reload the other panel with the
<a id='L4171' name='L4171'></a>contents of the selected directory.
<a id='L4172' name='L4172'></a>.TP
<a id='L4173' name='L4173'></a>.I fish_directory_timeout
<a id='L4174' name='L4174'></a>This variable holds the lifetime of a directory cache entry in seconds. The
<a id='L4175' name='L4175'></a>default value is 900 seconds.
<a id='L4176' name='L4176'></a>.TP
<a id='L4177' name='L4177'></a>.I clipboard_store
<a id='L4178' name='L4178'></a>This variable contains path (with options) to the external clipboard
<a id='L4179' name='L4179'></a>utility like 'xclip' to read text into X selection from file.
<a id='L4180' name='L4180'></a>For example:
<a id='L4181' name='L4181'></a>.PP
<a id='L4182' name='L4182'></a>.nf
<a id='L4183' name='L4183'></a>clipboard_store=xclip \-i
<a id='L4184' name='L4184'></a>.fi
<a id='L4185' name='L4185'></a>.TP
<a id='L4186' name='L4186'></a>.I clipboard_paste
<a id='L4187' name='L4187'></a>This variable contains path (with options) to the external clipboard
<a id='L4188' name='L4188'></a>utility like 'xclip' to print the selection to standard out.
<a id='L4189' name='L4189'></a>For example:
<a id='L4190' name='L4190'></a>.PP
<a id='L4191' name='L4191'></a>.nf
<a id='L4192' name='L4192'></a>clipboard_paste=xclip \-o
<a id='L4193' name='L4193'></a>.fi
<a id='L4194' name='L4194'></a>.TP
<a id='L4195' name='L4195'></a>.I autodetect_codeset
<a id='L4196' name='L4196'></a>This option allows use the `enca' command to autodetect codeset of text files
<a id='L4197' name='L4197'></a>in internal viewer and editor. List of valid values can be obtain by the
<a id='L4198' name='L4198'></a>`enca \-\-list languages | cut \-d : \-f1' command. Option must be located
<a id='L4199' name='L4199'></a>in the [Misc] section.
<a id='L4200' name='L4200'></a>.PP
<a id='L4201' name='L4201'></a>For example:
<a id='L4202' name='L4202'></a>.PP
<a id='L4203' name='L4203'></a>.nf
<a id='L4204' name='L4204'></a>autodetect_codeset=russian
<a id='L4205' name='L4205'></a>.fi
<a id='L4206' name='L4206'></a>.\"NODE "Parameters for external editor or viewer"
<a id='L4207' name='L4207'></a>.SH "Parameters for external editor or viewer"
<a id='L4208' name='L4208'></a>Midnight Commander provides a way for specify an options for external editors
<a id='L4209' name='L4209'></a>and viewers. Midnight Commander tries to search the
<a id='L4210' name='L4210'></a>"[External editor or viewer parameters]" section in the system initialization file
<a id='L4211' name='L4211'></a>(the mc.lib file located in Midnight Commander's library directory)
<a id='L4212' name='L4212'></a>and then in the ~/.config/mc/ini file. The option name should be equal to the name
<a id='L4213' name='L4213'></a>(full pathname) of external editor or viewer. The option value can contain following
<a id='L4214' name='L4214'></a>variables:
<a id='L4215' name='L4215'></a>.TP
<a id='L4216' name='L4216'></a>.I %filename
<a id='L4217' name='L4217'></a>The filename to edit/view.
<a id='L4218' name='L4218'></a>.TP
<a id='L4219' name='L4219'></a>.I %lineno
<a id='L4220' name='L4220'></a>The start line in the opening file.
<a id='L4221' name='L4221'></a>.PP
<a id='L4222' name='L4222'></a>For example:
<a id='L4223' name='L4223'></a>.PP
<a id='L4224' name='L4224'></a>.nf
<a id='L4225' name='L4225'></a>[External editor or viewer parameters]
<a id='L4226' name='L4226'></a>    vi=%filename +%lineno
<a id='L4227' name='L4227'></a>    joe=%filename +%lineno
<a id='L4228' name='L4228'></a>    more=%filename +%lineno
<a id='L4229' name='L4229'></a>.fi
<a id='L4230' name='L4230'></a>.PP
<a id='L4231' name='L4231'></a>Start line is passed to the external editor/viewer only if it is called from the
<a id='L4232' name='L4232'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L4233' name='L4233'></a>Find file
<a id='L4234' name='L4234'></a>.\"Find File"
<a id='L4235' name='L4235'></a>results window.
<a id='L4236' name='L4236'></a>.PP
<a id='L4237' name='L4237'></a>If external editor/viewer is launched via F4/F3 keys, MC hopes that program
<a id='L4238' name='L4238'></a>(at least "joe", but probably others too) has an own feature that by default
<a id='L4239' name='L4239'></a>opens the file where it was last open. MC doesn't prevent external editor/viewer
<a id='L4240' name='L4240'></a>to save and restore position in opened files.
<a id='L4241' name='L4241'></a>.\"NODE "Terminal databases"
<a id='L4242' name='L4242'></a>.SH "Terminal databases"
<a id='L4243' name='L4243'></a>Midnight Commander provides a way to fix your system terminal
<a id='L4244' name='L4244'></a>database without requiring root privileges. Midnight Commander
<a id='L4245' name='L4245'></a>searches in the system initialization file (the mc.lib file located in
<a id='L4246' name='L4246'></a>Midnight Commander's library directory) and in the 
<a id='L4247' name='L4247'></a>~/.config/mc/ini file for the section 
<a id='L4248' name='L4248'></a>"terminal:your\-terminal\-name" and then for the section
<a id='L4249' name='L4249'></a>"terminal:general", each line of the section contains a key symbol that
<a id='L4250' name='L4250'></a>you want to define, followed by an equal sign and the definition for the
<a id='L4251' name='L4251'></a>key.  You can use the special \\e form to represent the escape character
<a id='L4252' name='L4252'></a>and the ^x to represent the control\-x character.
<a id='L4253' name='L4253'></a>.PP
<a id='L4254' name='L4254'></a>The possible key symbols are:
<a id='L4255' name='L4255'></a>.PP
<a id='L4256' name='L4256'></a>.nf
<a id='L4257' name='L4257'></a>f0 to f20     Function keys f0\-f20
<a id='L4258' name='L4258'></a>bs            backspace
<a id='L4259' name='L4259'></a>home          home key
<a id='L4260' name='L4260'></a>end           end key
<a id='L4261' name='L4261'></a>up            up arrow key
<a id='L4262' name='L4262'></a>down          down arrow key
<a id='L4263' name='L4263'></a>left          left arrow key
<a id='L4264' name='L4264'></a>right         right arrow key
<a id='L4265' name='L4265'></a>pgdn          page down key
<a id='L4266' name='L4266'></a>pgup          page up key
<a id='L4267' name='L4267'></a>insert        the insert character
<a id='L4268' name='L4268'></a>delete        the delete character
<a id='L4269' name='L4269'></a>complete      to do completion
<a id='L4270' name='L4270'></a>.fi
<a id='L4271' name='L4271'></a>.PP
<a id='L4272' name='L4272'></a>For example, to define the key insert to be the Escape + [ + O + p, you
<a id='L4273' name='L4273'></a>set this in the ini file:
<a id='L4274' name='L4274'></a>.PP
<a id='L4275' name='L4275'></a>.nf
<a id='L4276' name='L4276'></a>insert=\\e[Op
<a id='L4277' name='L4277'></a>.fi
<a id='L4278' name='L4278'></a> 
<a id='L4279' name='L4279'></a>.PP
<a id='L4280' name='L4280'></a>Also now you can use
<a id='L4281' name='L4281'></a>.I extended learn keys.
<a id='L4282' name='L4282'></a>For example:
<a id='L4283' name='L4283'></a> 
<a id='L4284' name='L4284'></a>.nf
<a id='L4285' name='L4285'></a>    ctrl\-alt\-right=\\e[[1;6C
<a id='L4286' name='L4286'></a>    ctrl\-alt\-left=\\e[[1;6D
<a id='L4287' name='L4287'></a>.fi
<a id='L4288' name='L4288'></a> 
<a id='L4289' name='L4289'></a>.PP
<a id='L4290' name='L4290'></a>This means that ctrl+alt+left sends a \\e[[1;6D escape sequence
<a id='L4291' name='L4291'></a>and therefore Midnight Commander interprets "\\e[[1;6D" as C\-Alt\-Left.
<a id='L4292' name='L4292'></a> 
<a id='L4293' name='L4293'></a>.PP
<a id='L4294' name='L4294'></a>The
<a id='L4295' name='L4295'></a>.I complete
<a id='L4296' name='L4296'></a>key symbol represents the escape sequences used to invoke the completion
<a id='L4297' name='L4297'></a>process, this is invoked with Alt\-tab, but you can define other keys to do
<a id='L4298' name='L4298'></a>the same work (on those keyboard with tons of nice and unused keys
<a id='L4299' name='L4299'></a>everywhere).
<a id='L4300' name='L4300'></a>.SH ""
<a id='L4301' name='L4301'></a>.\"NODE "FILES"
<a id='L4302' name='L4302'></a>.SH "FILES"
<a id='L4303' name='L4303'></a>Full paths below may vary between installations.  They are also affected
<a id='L4304' name='L4304'></a>by the
<a id='L4305' name='L4305'></a>.B MC_DATADIR
<a id='L4306' name='L4306'></a>environment variable. If it's set, its value is used instead of
<a id='L4307' name='L4307'></a>%prefix%/share/mc in the paths below.
<a id='L4308' name='L4308'></a>.PP
<a id='L4309' name='L4309'></a>.I %prefix%/share/mc/help/mc.hlp
<a id='L4310' name='L4310'></a>.IP
<a id='L4311' name='L4311'></a>The help file for the program.
<a id='L4312' name='L4312'></a>.PP
<a id='L4313' name='L4313'></a>.I %prefix%/share/mc/mc.ext
<a id='L4314' name='L4314'></a>.IP
<a id='L4315' name='L4315'></a>The default system\-wide extensions file.
<a id='L4316' name='L4316'></a>.PP
<a id='L4317' name='L4317'></a>.I ~/.config/mc/mc.ext
<a id='L4318' name='L4318'></a>.IP
<a id='L4319' name='L4319'></a>User's own extension, view configuration and edit configuration
<a id='L4320' name='L4320'></a>file.  They override the contents of the system wide files if present.
<a id='L4321' name='L4321'></a>.PP
<a id='L4322' name='L4322'></a>.I %sysconfdir%/mc/mc.ini
<a id='L4323' name='L4323'></a>.RE
<a id='L4324' name='L4324'></a>.I %prefix%/share/mc/mc.ini
<a id='L4325' name='L4325'></a>.IP
<a id='L4326' name='L4326'></a>System\-wide setup files for Midnight Commander, used only if the user
<a id='L4327' name='L4327'></a>doesn't have his own
<a id='L4328' name='L4328'></a>.B ~/.config/mc/ini
<a id='L4329' name='L4329'></a>file. If %sysconfdir%/mc/mc.ini exists, %prefix%/share/mc/mc.ini isn't used.
<a id='L4330' name='L4330'></a>.PP
<a id='L4331' name='L4331'></a>.I %prefix%/share/mc/mc.lib
<a id='L4332' name='L4332'></a>.IP
<a id='L4333' name='L4333'></a>Global settings for Midnight Commander. Settings in this file
<a id='L4334' name='L4334'></a>affect all users, whether they have ~/.config/mc/ini or not.  Currently, only
<a id='L4335' name='L4335'></a>.\"LINK2"
<a id='L4336' name='L4336'></a>terminal settings
<a id='L4337' name='L4337'></a>.\"Terminal databases"
<a id='L4338' name='L4338'></a>are loaded from mc.lib.
<a id='L4339' name='L4339'></a>.PP
<a id='L4340' name='L4340'></a>.I ~/.config/mc/ini
<a id='L4341' name='L4341'></a>.IP
<a id='L4342' name='L4342'></a>User's own setup. If this file is present then the setup is loaded
<a id='L4343' name='L4343'></a>from here instead of the system\-wide startup file.
<a id='L4344' name='L4344'></a>.PP
<a id='L4345' name='L4345'></a>.I %prefix%/share/mc/hints/mc.hint
<a id='L4346' name='L4346'></a>.IP
<a id='L4347' name='L4347'></a>This file contains the hints displayed by the program.
<a id='L4348' name='L4348'></a>.PP
<a id='L4349' name='L4349'></a>.I %prefix%/share/mc/mc.menu
<a id='L4350' name='L4350'></a>.IP
<a id='L4351' name='L4351'></a>This file contains the default system\-wide applications menu.
<a id='L4352' name='L4352'></a>.PP
<a id='L4353' name='L4353'></a>.I ~/.config/mc/menu
<a id='L4354' name='L4354'></a>.IP
<a id='L4355' name='L4355'></a>User's own application menu. If this file is present it is used instead
<a id='L4356' name='L4356'></a>of the system\-wide applications menu.
<a id='L4357' name='L4357'></a>.PP
<a id='L4358' name='L4358'></a>.I ~/.cache/mc/Tree
<a id='L4359' name='L4359'></a>.IP
<a id='L4360' name='L4360'></a>The directory list for the directory tree and tree view features.
<a id='L4361' name='L4361'></a>.PP
<a id='L4362' name='L4362'></a>.I ~/.local/share/mc.menu
<a id='L4363' name='L4363'></a>.IP
<a id='L4364' name='L4364'></a>Local user\-defined menu. If this file is present, it is used instead of
<a id='L4365' name='L4365'></a>the home or system\-wide applications menu.
<a id='L4366' name='L4366'></a>.PP
<a id='L4367' name='L4367'></a>To change default root directory of MC, you can use
<a id='L4368' name='L4368'></a>.B MC_PROFILE_ROOT
<a id='L4369' name='L4369'></a>environment variable. The value of MC_PROFILE_ROOT must be an absolute path.
<a id='L4370' name='L4370'></a>If MC_PROFILE_ROOT is unset or empty, HOME variable is used. If HOME is unset
<a id='L4371' name='L4371'></a>or empty, MC directories are get from GLib library.
<a id='L4372' name='L4372'></a>.\"SKIP_SECTION"
<a id='L4373' name='L4373'></a>.SH "LICENSE"
<a id='L4374' name='L4374'></a>This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public
<a id='L4375' name='L4375'></a>License as published by the Free Software Foundation. See the built\-in
<a id='L4376' name='L4376'></a>help for details on the License and the lack of warranty.
<a id='L4377' name='L4377'></a>.\"NODE "AVAILABILITY"
<a id='L4378' name='L4378'></a>.SH "AVAILABILITY"
<a id='L4379' name='L4379'></a>The latest version of this program can be found at
<a id='L4380' name='L4380'></a>http://ftp.midnight\-commander.org/.
<a id='L4381' name='L4381'></a>.\"NODE "SEE ALSO"
<a id='L4382' name='L4382'></a>.SH "SEE ALSO"
<a id='L4383' name='L4383'></a>ed(1), gpm(1), terminfo(1), view(1), sh(1), bash(1),
<a id='L4384' name='L4384'></a>tcsh(1), zsh(1).
<a id='L4385' name='L4385'></a>.PP
<a id='L4386' name='L4386'></a>.nf
<a id='L4387' name='L4387'></a>Midnight Commander's page on the World Wide Web:
<a id='L4388' name='L4388'></a>        http://www.midnight\-commander.org/
<a id='L4389' name='L4389'></a>.fi
<a id='L4390' name='L4390'></a>.\"NODE "AUTHORS"
<a id='L4391' name='L4391'></a>.SH "AUTHORS"
<a id='L4392' name='L4392'></a>Authors and contributors are listed in the AUTHORS file in the source
<a id='L4393' name='L4393'></a>distribution.
<a id='L4394' name='L4394'></a>.\"NODE "BUGS"
<a id='L4395' name='L4395'></a>.SH "BUGS"
<a id='L4396' name='L4396'></a>See the file TODO in the distribution for information on what remains to
<a id='L4397' name='L4397'></a>be done.
<a id='L4398' name='L4398'></a>.PP
<a id='L4399' name='L4399'></a>If you want to report a problem with the program, please create bugreport
<a id='L4400' name='L4400'></a>at http://www.midnight\-commander.org/.
<a id='L4401' name='L4401'></a>.PP
<a id='L4402' name='L4402'></a>Provide a detailed description of the bug, the version of the program
<a id='L4403' name='L4403'></a>you are running
<a id='L4404' name='L4404'></a>.RI ( "mc \-V"
<a id='L4405' name='L4405'></a>displays this information), the operating system you are running the
<a id='L4406' name='L4406'></a>program on.  If the program crashes, we would appreciate a stack trace.
</pre>
<hr />
<a id='BOTTOM' name='BOTTOM'></a>
<em class='comment'>/* <img class='icon' src='../icons/n_left.png' alt='[previous]' /><img class='icon' src='../icons/n_right.png' alt='[next]' /><img class='icon' src='../icons/n_first.png' alt='[first]' /><img class='icon' src='../icons/n_last.png' alt='[last]' /><a href='#TOP'><img class='icon' src='../icons/top.png' alt='[top]' /></a><img class='icon' src='../icons/n_bottom.png' alt='[bottom]' /><a href='../mains.html'><img class='icon' src='../icons/index.png' alt='[index]' /></a><a href='../help.html'><img class='icon' src='../icons/help.png' alt='[help]' /></a>&nbsp;<input type='text' readonly onfocus='this.select();' value='+4406 doc/man/mc.1.in'  /> */</em>
</body>
</html>
